Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device

Abstract

In the organic electroluminescent element (1), a light-emitting layer (5) disposed between an anode (3) and a cathode (4) contains a host material, a sensitizing material, and a fluorescent light-emitting material, and the host material is a first compound having a specific local structure in one molecule. The sensitizing material is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of phosphorescent metal complexes and delayed fluorescent compounds, the fluorescence-emitting material is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of third compounds represented by general formula (41), and the energy gap T77K (H1) at 77 [K] of the host material and the energy gap T77K (G2) at 77 [K] of the sensitizing material satisfy the relationship of mathematical formula (mathematical formula 1). T77K (H1) gt; t77K (G2)... (mathematical formula 1) # imgabs0 #

Description

Technical Field

[0001] The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent element and an electronic device. Background Art

[0002] When voltage is applied to an organic electroluminescent element (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an "organic EL element"), holes are injected from the anode into the light-emitting layer, and electrons are injected from the cathode into the light-emitting layer. Then, in the light-emitting layer, the injected holes and electrons recombine to form excitons. At this time, according to the statistical law of electron spin, singlet excitons are generated at a ratio of 25%, and triplet excitons are generated at a ratio of 75%.

[0003] Although fluorescent organic EL elements using light emission from singlet excitons are being used in full-color displays such as mobile phones and televisions, it is said that the internal quantum efficiency is limited to 25%. Therefore, research is being conducted to improve the performance of organic EL elements. Examples of the performance of organic EL elements include brightness, emission wavelength, chromaticity, luminous efficiency, driving voltage, and lifespan.

[0004] For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an organic EL element utilizing the TTF (Triplet-Triplet Fusion) mechanism, which is one of the mechanisms of delayed fluorescence. The TTF mechanism utilizes the phenomenon that a singlet exciton is generated by the collision of two triplet excitons.

[0005] Prior art literature

[0006] Patent Literature

[0007] Patent Document 1: International Publication No. 2010 / 134350 Summary of the invention

[0008] Problem that the invention aims to solve

[0009] It is believed that the internal quantum efficiency can be theoretically increased to 40% in fluorescent light emission by utilizing delayed fluorescence based on the TTF mechanism described in Patent Document 1. However, in order to improve the performance of electronic devices such as displays, it is desired to further improve the performance of organic EL elements.

[0010] An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent element that emits light with high efficiency and high color purity, and to provide an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element.

[0011] Means used to solve problems

[0012] According to one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided an organic electroluminescent element comprising an anode, a cathode and a light-emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, wherein the light-emitting layer comprises a host material, a sensitizing material and a fluorescent material, wherein the host material is a first compound comprising one or more local structures selected from the local structures represented by the following general formulae (101) to (118) in one molecule, the sensitizing material is one or more compounds selected from phosphorescent metal complexes and delayed fluorescent compounds, the fluorescent material is one or more compounds selected from the third compound represented by the following general formula (41), the host material, the sensitizing material and the fluorescent material are different compounds, and the energy gap T of the host material at 77 [K] is 77K (H1) and the energy gap T of the above sensitizing material at 77[K] 77K (G2) satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 1).

[0013] T 77K (H1)>T 77K (G2)...(Formula 1)

[0014]

Chemical formula 1

[0015]

[0016]

Chemical formula 2

[0017]

[0018] (In the above general formula (101),

[0019] A 11 ~A 16 are independently a nitrogen atom, CR 11 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0020] Among them, A 11 ~A 16 At least one of them is a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0021] In R 11 If there are multiple R 11 Same or different from each other, composed of multiple R 11 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[0022] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0023] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0024] Not bonded to each other,

[0025] In the above general formula (102),

[0026] A1 to A4 are each independently a nitrogen atom, CR 12 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0027] R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, or adjacent R 12 Any one or more of the groups formed by each other are bonded to each other to form a ring,

[0028] In R 12 If there are multiple R 12 Same or different from each other, composed of multiple R 12 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[0029] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0030] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0031] Not bonded to each other,

[0032] X 10 NR 13 , C(R 14 )(R 15 )、Si(R 16 )(R 17 ), oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, and R 18 The carbon atoms respectively bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, or to R 19 a silicon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0033] Among them, the carbon atoms in A1 to A4, X 10 The nitrogen atom in 10 The carbon atoms and X 10 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0034] By R 14 and R 15 Group

[0035] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0036] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0037] Not bonded to each other,

[0038] By R 16 and R 17 Group

[0039] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0040] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0041] Not bonded to each other,

[0042] In the above general formula (103),

[0043] By R 115 and R 116 Group

[0044] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0045] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0046] Not bonded to each other,

[0047] In the above general formulas (101) to (104),

[0048] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 11 , R 12 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 115 and R 116 , and R 13 , R 18 , R 19 and R 117 Each independently

[0049] Hydrogen atoms,

[0050] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0051] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0052] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0053] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0054] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0055] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0056] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0057] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0058] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[0059] -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown,

[0060] -COOR 909 The groups shown,

[0061] -P(=O)(R 910 )(R 911 ) shown in the group,

[0062] -P(=O)(OR 912 )(OR 913 ) shown in the group,

[0063] -Ge(R 914 )(R 915 )(R 916 ) shown in the group,

[0064] -B(R 917 )(R 918 ) shown in the group,

[0065] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0066] Halogen atoms,

[0067] Cyano,

[0068] Nitro,

[0069] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0070] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0071] In the above general formulas (103) to (118),

[0072] * is a bonding site with other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0073] When the first compound has a plurality of partial structures represented by the general formulae (101) to (104),

[0074] The partial structures represented by the general formula (101) are the same as or different from each other.

[0075] The partial structures represented by the general formula (102) are the same as or different from each other.

[0076] The partial structures represented by the general formula (103) are the same as or different from each other.

[0077] The partial structures represented by the above general formula (104) may be the same as or different from each other.

[0078] (In the above first compound, R 901 ~R 918 Each independently

[0079] Hydrogen atoms,

[0080] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0081] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0082] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0083] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0084] In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[0085] In R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[0086] In R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other,

[0087] In R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other,

[0088] In R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[0089] In R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[0090] In R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other,

[0091] In R 908 If there are multiple R 908 Same or different from each other,

[0092] In R 909 If there are multiple R 909 Same or different from each other,

[0093] In R 910 If there are multiple R 910 Same or different from each other,

[0094] In R 911 If there are multiple R 911 Same or different from each other,

[0095] In R 912 If there are multiple R 912 Same or different from each other,

[0096] In R 913 If there are multiple R 913 Same or different from each other,

[0097] In R 914 If there are multiple R 914 Same or different from each other,

[0098] In R 915 If there are multiple R 915 Same or different from each other,

[0099] In R 916 If there are multiple R 916 Same or different from each other,

[0100] In R 917 If there are multiple R 917 Same or different from each other,

[0101] In R 918 If there are multiple R 918 Same as or different from each other.)

[0102]

Chemical formula 3

[0103]

[0104] (In the above general formula (41),

[0105] Ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently

[0106] A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0107] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0108] L 401 and L 402 Each independently is O, S, Se, NR 40 , C(R 41 )(R 42 ) or Si(R 43 )(R 44 ),

[0109] L 403 is B, P, or P=O,

[0110] R 40 ~R 44 Independently

[0111] Bonded to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0112] Bonded to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0113] Not bonded to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring and c ring,

[0114] R 41 With R 42

[0115] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0116] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0117] Not bonded to each other,

[0118] R 43 With R 44

[0119] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0120] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0121] Not bonded to each other,

[0122] R40 to R41 do not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring. 44 Each independently

[0123] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0124] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0125] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0126] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0127] -CR45=iminyl represented by N,

[0128] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0129] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0130] R 45 for

[0131] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms,

[0132] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 60 ring atoms,

[0133] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or

[0134] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms,

[0135] When there are a plurality of R40, the plurality of R40 are the same as or different from each other.

[0136] When there are multiple R41, the multiple R41 are the same as or different from each other.

[0137] When there are multiple R42, the multiple R42 are the same as or different from each other.

[0138] When there are multiple R43, the multiple R43 are the same as or different from each other.

[0139] In R 44 If there are multiple R 44 Same or different from each other,

[0140] When there are multiple R45, the multiple R45 are the same as or different from each other.)

[0141] According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of the present invention.

[0142] According to one aspect of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent element that emits light with high efficiency and high color purity can be provided, and an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element can be provided. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0143] Figure 1 It is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of an example of an organic electroluminescent element according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

[0144] Figure 2 This is a schematic diagram of a device for measuring transient PL.

[0145] Figure 3 This is a diagram showing an example of a decay curve of transient PL.

[0146] Figure 4 This is a diagram showing the relationship between energy levels and energy transfer among a host material, a sensitizing material (delayed fluorescence compound), and a fluorescent material in a light-emitting layer of an example of an organic electroluminescent device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

[0147] Figure 5 This is a diagram showing the relationship between energy levels and energy transfer among a host material, a sensitizing material (phosphorescent metal complex) and a fluorescent material in a light-emitting layer of an example of an organic electroluminescent device according to the first embodiment of the present invention. DETAILED DESCRIPTION

[0148] [definition]

[0149] In this specification, the hydrogen atom means including isotopes having different numbers of neutrons, namely, protium, deuterium, and tritium.

[0150] In the present specification, in chemical structural formulas, a bondable position that does not clearly show a symbol such as "R" or "D" representing a deuterium atom is assumed to be bonded with a hydrogen atom, that is, a protium atom, a deuterium atom, or a tritium atom.

[0151] In this specification, the number of ring carbons refers to the number of carbon atoms among the atoms constituting the ring itself of a compound (such as a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged ring compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound) in which atoms are bonded in a ring shape. When the ring is substituted with a substituent, the carbon contained in the substituent is not included in the number of ring carbons. The "number of ring carbons" recorded below is set in the same manner unless otherwise stated. For example, the number of ring carbons of a benzene ring is 6, the number of ring carbons of a naphthalene ring is 10, the number of ring carbons of a pyridine ring is 5, and the number of ring carbons of a furan ring is 4. In addition, for example, the number of ring carbons of 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl is 13, and the number of ring carbons of 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl is 25.

[0152] In addition, when a substituent such as an alkyl group is substituted on a benzene ring, the carbon number of the alkyl group is not included in the ring carbon number of the benzene ring. Therefore, the ring carbon number of the benzene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 6. In addition, when a substituent such as an alkyl group is substituted on a naphthalene ring, the carbon number of the alkyl group is not included in the ring carbon number of the naphthalene ring. Therefore, the ring carbon number of the naphthalene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 10.

[0153] In this specification, the number of ring atoms refers to the number of atoms constituting the ring itself of a compound (e.g., a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged ring compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound) in which atoms are bonded in a ring shape (e.g., a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged ring compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound). Atoms that do not constitute a ring (e.g., hydrogen atoms that terminate the bonds of atoms constituting the ring) and atoms contained in a substituent when the ring is substituted by a substituent are not included in the number of ring atoms. The "number of ring atoms" recorded below is set in the same manner as long as it is not recorded separately. For example, the number of ring atoms of a pyridine ring is 6, the number of ring atoms of a quinazoline ring is 10, and the number of ring atoms of a furan ring is 5. For example, the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to a pyridine ring or atoms constituting a substituent is not included in the number of pyridine ring atoms. Therefore, the number of ring atoms of a pyridine ring bonded with a hydrogen atom or a substituent is 6. In addition, for example, hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms of the quinazoline ring or atoms constituting substituents are not included in the number of ring atoms of the quinazoline ring. Therefore, the number of ring atoms of the quinazoline ring to which hydrogen atoms or substituents are bonded is 10.

[0154] In this specification, "carbon number XX to YY" in the expression "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group with carbon number XX to YY" means the carbon number of the ZZ group when it is unsubstituted, and does not include the carbon number of the substituent when it is substituted. Here, "YY" is greater than "XX", "XX" means an integer greater than 1, and "YY" means an integer greater than 2.

[0155] In this specification, "the number of atoms XX to YY" in the expression "a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having an atomic number of XX to YY" means the number of atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted, and does not include the number of atoms of the substituent when substituted. Here, "YY" is greater than "XX", "XX" means an integer greater than 1, and "YY" means an integer greater than 2.

[0156] In the present specification, an unsubstituted ZZ group means a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" is an "unsubstituted ZZ group", and a substituted ZZ group means a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" is a "substituted ZZ group".

[0157] In the present specification, "unsubstituted" in the expression "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that the hydrogen atom in the ZZ group is not replaced by a substituent. The hydrogen atom in the "unsubstituted ZZ group" is a protium atom, a deuterium atom or a tritium atom.

[0158] In addition, in the present specification, "substituted" when expressing "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the ZZ group are replaced by a substituent. "Substituted" when expressing "BB group substituted by AA group" also means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the BB group are replaced by an AA group.

[0159] "Substituents described in this specification"

[0160] The substituents described in the present specification are described below.

[0161] The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted aryl group" described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0162] The number of ring atoms of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0163] The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0164] The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkenyl group" described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0165] The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkynyl group" described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0166] The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in the present specification is 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 3 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0167] The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted arylene group" described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0168] The number of ring atoms of the "unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0169] The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkylene group" described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0170] "Substituted or unsubstituted aryl"

[0171] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted aryl" described in this specification (specific example group G1), the following unsubstituted aryl (specific example group G1 A) and substituted aryl (specific example group G1B) can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted aryl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted aryl" is "unsubstituted aryl", and substituted aryl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted aryl" is "substituted aryl".) In this specification, when simply expressed as "aryl", both "unsubstituted aryl" and "substituted aryl" are included.

[0172] "Substituted aryl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted aryl" are replaced by a substituent. Examples of "substituted aryl" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted aryl" are replaced by a substituent in the following specific example group G1A, and examples of substituted aryl in the following specific example group G1B. It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted aryl" and "substituted aryl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted aryl" described in this specification also includes groups in which the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom of the aryl itself in the "substituted aryl" in the following specific example group G1B is further replaced by a substituent, and groups in which the hydrogen atom of the substituent in the "substituted aryl" in the following specific example group G1B is further replaced by a substituent.

[0173] Unsubstituted aryl (specific example group G1A):

[0174] Phenyl,

[0175] p-Biphenyl,

[0176] m-Biphenyl,

[0177] o-Biphenyl,

[0178] 4-terphenyl-4-yl,

[0179] 4-terphenyl-3-yl,

[0180] 4-terphenyl-2-yl,

[0181] m-terphenyl-4-yl,

[0182] m-terphenyl-3-yl,

[0183] m-terphenyl-2-yl,

[0184] o-terphenyl-4-yl,

[0185] o-terphenyl-3-yl,

[0186] o-terphenyl-2-yl,

[0187] 1-naphthyl,

[0188] 2-naphthyl,

[0189] Anthracene,

[0190] Benzanthryl,

[0191] Fiki,

[0192] Triphenylene,

[0193] Phenyl,

[0194] Pyrene

[0195] base,

[0196] Benzo base,

[0197] Triphenylene,

[0198] Benzotriphenylene,

[0199] Tetraphenylene,

[0200] Pentaphenyl,

[0201] Fluorene,

[0202] 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl,

[0203] Benzofluorenyl,

[0204] Dibenzofluorenyl,

[0205] Fluoranthene group,

[0206] Benzofluoranthene,

[0207] Perylene and

[0208] A monovalent aromatic group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure represented by the following general formula (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15).

[0209]

Chemical formula 4

[0210]

[0211]

Chemical formula 5

[0212]

[0213] Substituted aryl (specific example group G1B):

[0214] o-Toluyl,

[0215] m-Toluene

[0216] p-Tolyl,

[0217] p-Xylyl,

[0218] m-Xylyl,

[0219] o-Xylyl,

[0220] p-Isopropylphenyl,

[0221] m-isopropylphenyl,

[0222] o-isopropylphenyl,

[0223] 4-tert-Butylphenyl,

[0224] m-tert-butylphenyl,

[0225] o-tert-butylphenyl,

[0226] 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl,

[0227] 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl,

[0228] 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl,

[0229] 9,9-bis(4-methylphenyl)fluorenyl,

[0230] 9,9-bis(4-isopropylphenyl)fluorenyl,

[0231] 9,9-bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)fluorenyl,

[0232] Cyanophenyl,

[0233] Triphenylsilylphenyl,

[0234] Trimethylsilylphenyl,

[0235] Phenyl naphthyl,

[0236] Naphthylphenyl and

[0237] A group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent group derived from the ring structure represented by the above general formulae (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15) are replaced with a substituent.

[0238] "Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group"

[0239] The "heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is a cyclic group containing at least one heteroatom among the ring-forming atoms. Specific examples of the heteroatom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom and a boron atom.

[0240] The "heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is a monocyclic group or a condensed ring group.

[0241] The "heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is an aromatic heterocyclic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.

[0242] As specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in this specification (specific example group G2), the following unsubstituted heterocyclic group (specific example group G2A) and substituted heterocyclic group (specific example group G2B) can be cited. (Here, the unsubstituted heterocyclic group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" is an "unsubstituted heterocyclic group", and the substituted heterocyclic group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" is a "substituted heterocyclic group".) In this specification, when only "heterocyclic group" is expressed, both "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" and "substituted heterocyclic group" are included.

[0243] "Substituted heterocyclic group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted heterocyclic group" include groups in which hydrogen atoms of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" of the following specific example group G2A are substituted, and examples of substituted heterocyclic groups of the following specific example group G2B are mentioned. It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" and "substituted heterocyclic group" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted heterocyclic group" recorded in this specification also includes groups in which hydrogen atoms bonded to ring atoms of the heterocyclic group itself in the "substituted heterocyclic group" of the specific example group G2B are further replaced by substituents, and groups in which hydrogen atoms of substituents in the "substituted heterocyclic group" of the specific example group G2B are further replaced by substituents.

[0244] Specific example group G2A includes, for example, the following unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing nitrogen atoms (specific example group G2A1), unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing oxygen atoms (specific example group G2A2), unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing sulfur atoms (specific example group G2A3), and monovalent heterocyclic groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (specific example group G2A4).

[0245] Specific example group G2B includes, for example, the following heterocyclic groups containing nitrogen atom substitution (specific example group G2B1), oxygen atom substitution (specific example group G2B2), sulfur atom substitution (specific example group G2B3), and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group derived from a ring structure represented by the following general formula (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) are replaced with a substituent (specific example group G2B4).

[0246] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2A1):

[0247] Pyrrolyl,

[0248] Imidazole,

[0249] Pyrazolyl,

[0250] Triazole,

[0251] Tetrazolyl,

[0252] Oxazolyl,

[0253] Isoxazolyl,

[0254] Oxadiazolyl,

[0255] Thiazolyl,

[0256] Isothiazolyl,

[0257] Thiadiazole,

[0258] Pyridyl,

[0259] Pyridazine

[0260] Pyrimidine,

[0261] Pyrazinyl,

[0262] Triazine,

[0263] Indolyl,

[0264] Isoindolyl,

[0265] Indolizine

[0266] Quinolizinyl,

[0267] Quinoline,

[0268] Isoquinolinyl,

[0269] Cinnoline,

[0270] Phthalocyanine

[0271] Quinazoline,

[0272] Quinoxaline,

[0273] Benzimidazolyl,

[0274] Indazolyl,

[0275] Phenanthroline,

[0276] Phenanthridinyl,

[0277] Acridinium,

[0278] Phenazine,

[0279] Carbazolyl,

[0280] Benzocarbazolyl,

[0281] Morpholinyl,

[0282] Phenoxazine,

[0283] Phenothiazine,

[0284] Azacarbazolyl, and

[0285] Diazacarbazolyl.

[0286] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2A2):

[0287] Furanyl,

[0288] Oxazolyl,

[0289] Isoxazolyl,

[0290] Oxadiazolyl,

[0291] Cuckoo ton base,

[0292] Benzofuranyl,

[0293] Isobenzofuranyl,

[0294] Dibenzofuranyl,

[0295] Naphthobenzofuranyl,

[0296] Benzoxazolyl,

[0297] Benzisoxazolyl,

[0298] Phenoxazine,

[0299] Morpholinyl,

[0300] dinaphthofuranyl,

[0301] Azadibenzofuranyl,

[0302] Diazadibenzofuranyl,

[0303] Azanaphthobenzofuranyl and

[0304] naphthyridinylbenzofuranyl.

[0305] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2A3):

[0306] Thienyl,

[0307] Thiazolyl,

[0308] Isothiazolyl,

[0309] Thiadiazole,

[0310] benzothienyl,

[0311] Isobenzothienyl,

[0312] dibenzothienyl,

[0313] naphthobenzothienyl,

[0314] Benzothiazolyl,

[0315] Benzisothiazolyl,

[0316] Phenothiazine,

[0317] dinaphthothienyl,

[0318] azadibenzothienyl,

[0319] diazadibenzothienyl,

[0320] azanaphthobenzothienyl and

[0321] diazanaphthobenzothienyl.

[0322] A monovalent heterocyclic group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure represented by the following general formula (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (Specific example group G2A4):

[0323]

Chemical formula 6

[0324]

[0325]

Chemical formula 7

[0326]

[0327] In the above general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), X A and Y A Each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or CH2. A and Y A At least one of them is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NH.

[0328] In the above general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), X A and Y A When at least any one of them is NH or CH2, the monovalent heterocyclic group derived from the ring structure represented by the above general formula (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) includes a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from these NH or CH2.

[0329] Substituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2B1):

[0330] (9-phenyl)carbazolyl,

[0331] (9-biphenyl)carbazolyl,

[0332] (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl,

[0333] (9-naphthyl)carbazolyl,

[0334] Diphenylcarbazole-9-yl,

[0335] Phenylcarbazol-9-yl,

[0336] Methylbenzimidazolyl,

[0337] Ethylbenzimidazolyl,

[0338] Phenyl triazine,

[0339] Biphenyl triazine,

[0340] Diphenyltriazine,

[0341] Phenylquinazolinyl, and

[0342] Biphenylquinazolinyl.

[0343] Substituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2B2):

[0344] Phenyldibenzofuranyl,

[0345] Methyldibenzofuranyl,

[0346] tert-Butyldibenzofuranyl and

[0347] The monovalent residue of spiro[9H-xanthen-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

[0348] Substituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2B3):

[0349] Phenyldibenzothiophene,

[0350] Methyldibenzothiophene,

[0351] tert-Butyldibenzothienyl and

[0352] The monovalent residue of spiro[9H-thioxanthen-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

[0353] · Groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group derived from the ring structure represented by the above general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) are replaced with substituents (Specific example group G2B4):

[0354] The above-mentioned "one or more hydrogen atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group" refers to hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting the ring of the monovalent heterocyclic group, X A and Y A When at least one of the nitrogen atoms is NH, the hydrogen atom bonded to the nitrogen atom and X A and Y A When one of them is CH2, one or more hydrogen atoms among the hydrogen atoms of the methylene group.

[0355] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl"

[0356] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl" described in this specification (specific example group G3), the following unsubstituted alkyl (specific example group G3A) and substituted alkyl (specific example group G3B) can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted alkyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl" is "unsubstituted alkyl", and substituted alkyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl" is "substituted alkyl".) Hereinafter, when only "alkyl" is expressed, both "unsubstituted alkyl" and "substituted alkyl" are included.

[0357] "Substituted alkyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted alkyl" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the following "unsubstituted alkyl" (specific example group G3A) are replaced by a substituent, and examples of substituted alkyl (specific example group G3B) can be cited. In the present specification, the alkyl group in "unsubstituted alkyl" refers to a chain alkyl group. Therefore, "unsubstituted alkyl" includes "unsubstituted alkyl" as a straight chain and "unsubstituted alkyl" as a branched chain. It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted alkyl" and "substituted alkyl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted alkyl" recorded in the present specification also includes groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group itself in the "substituted alkyl" of the specific example group G3B are further replaced by a substituent, and groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the substituent in the "substituted alkyl" of the specific example group G3B are further replaced by a substituent.

[0358] Unsubstituted alkyl (specific example group G3A):

[0359] methyl,

[0360] Ethyl,

[0361] n-propyl,

[0362] Isopropyl,

[0363] n-Butyl,

[0364] Isobutyl

[0365] sec-butyl and

[0366] Tert-butyl.

[0367] Substituted alkyl (specific example group G3B):

[0368] Heptafluoropropyl (including isomers),

[0369] Pentafluoroethyl,

[0370] 2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl and

[0371] Trifluoromethyl.

[0372] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl"

[0373] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl" described in this specification (specific example group G4), the following unsubstituted alkenyl (specific example group G4A) and substituted alkenyl (specific example group G4B) can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted alkenyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl" is "unsubstituted alkenyl", and "substituted alkenyl" refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl" is "substituted alkenyl".) In this specification, when simply expressed as "alkenyl", both "unsubstituted alkenyl" and "substituted alkenyl" are included.

[0374] "Substituted alkenyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkenyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted alkenyl" include the following "unsubstituted alkenyl" (specific example group G4A) groups with substituents and examples of substituted alkenyl (specific example group G4B). It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted alkenyl" and "substituted alkenyl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted alkenyl" recorded in this specification also includes groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the alkenyl itself in the "substituted alkenyl" of the specific example group G4B are further replaced by a substituent and groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the substituent in the "substituted alkenyl" of the specific example group G4B are further replaced by a substituent.

[0375] Unsubstituted alkenyl (specific example group G4A):

[0376] Vinyl,

[0377] Allyl,

[0378] 1-Butenyl,

[0379] 2-Butenyl and

[0380] 3-Butenyl.

[0381] Substituted alkenyl (specific example group G4B):

[0382] 1,3-Butadienyl,

[0383] 1-Methylvinyl,

[0384] 1-methylallyl,

[0385] 1,1-dimethylallyl,

[0386] 2-Methylallyl and

[0387] 1,2-Dimethylallyl.

[0388] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl"

[0389] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl" described in this specification (specific example group G5), the following unsubstituted alkynyl (specific example group G5A) etc. can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted alkynyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl" is "unsubstituted alkynyl".) When simply expressed as "alkynyl" below, both "unsubstituted alkynyl" and "substituted alkynyl" are included.

[0390] "Substituted alkynyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkynyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted alkynyl" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the following "unsubstituted alkynyl" (specific example group G5A) are replaced by a substituent.

[0391] Unsubstituted alkynyl (specific example group G5A):

[0392] Ethynyl.

[0393] "Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl"

[0394] As specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl" described in the present specification (specific example group G6), the following unsubstituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6A) and substituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6B) can be cited. (Here, unsubstituted cycloalkyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl" is "unsubstituted cycloalkyl", and substituted cycloalkyl refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl" is "substituted cycloalkyl".) In the present specification, when only "cycloalkyl" is expressed, both "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl" are included.

[0395] "Substituted cycloalkyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted cycloalkyl" include the following "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" (specific example group G6A) in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent, and examples of substituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6B). It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted cycloalkyl" recorded in this specification also includes the group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl itself in the "substituted cycloalkyl" of the specific example group G6B are replaced by a substituent, and the group in which the hydrogen atom of the substituent in the "substituted cycloalkyl" of the specific example group G6B is further replaced by a substituent.

[0396] Unsubstituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6A):

[0397] Cyclopropyl,

[0398] Cyclobutyl,

[0399] Cyclopentyl,

[0400] Cyclohexyl,

[0401] 1-adamantyl,

[0402] 2-adamantyl,

[0403] 1-Norbornyl and

[0404] 2-Norborneol.

[0405] Substituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6B):

[0406] 4-Methylcyclohexyl.

[0407] ·“-Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 )"

[0408] As described in this specification, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) as a specific example (specific example group G7), can be cited:

[0409] -Si(G1)(G1)(G1),

[0410] -Si(G1)(G2)(G2),

[0411] -Si(G1)(G1)(G2),

[0412] -Si(G2)(G2)(G2),

[0413] -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) and

[0414] -Si(G6)(G6)(G6). Here,

[0415] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0416] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0417] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0418] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0419] A plurality of G1's in -Si(G1)(G1)(G1) are the same as or different from each other.

[0420] Multiple G2 in -Si(G1)(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0421] A plurality of G1's in -Si(G1)(G1)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0422] --Multiple G2s in Si(G2)(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0423] Multiple G3 in -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are the same as or different from each other.

[0424] Multiple G6's in -Si(G6)(G6)(G6) are the same as or different from each other.

[0425] ·“-O-(R 904 )"

[0426] As described in this specification, -O-(R 904 ) as a specific example (specific example group G8), can be cited:

[0427] -O(G1),

[0428] -O(G2),

[0429] -O(G3) and

[0430] -O(G6).

[0431] Here,

[0432] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0433] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0434] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0435] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0436] ·“-S-(R 905 )"

[0437] As described in this specification, -S-(R 905 ) as a specific example (specific example group G9), can be cited:

[0438] -S(G1),

[0439] -S(G2),

[0440] -S(G3) and

[0441] -S(G6).

[0442] Here,

[0443] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0444] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0445] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0446] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0447] ·“-N(R 906 )(R 907 )"

[0448] As described in this specification, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) are shown as specific examples (specific example group G10), and include

[0449] -N(G1)(G1),

[0450] -N(G2)(G2),

[0451] -N(G1)(G2),

[0452] -N(G3)(G3) and

[0453] -N(G6)(G6).

[0454] Here,

[0455] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0456] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0457] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0458] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0459] - A plurality of G1's in N(G1)(G1) are the same as or different from each other.

[0460] - Multiple G2 in N(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0461] - The multiple G3 in N(G3)(G3) are the same as or different from each other.

[0462] - A plurality of G6's in N(G6)(G6) are the same as or different from each other.

[0463] "Halogen atoms"

[0464] Specific examples of the "halogen atom" described in the present specification (specific example group G11) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

[0465] "Substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl"

[0466] The "substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" described in the present specification refers to a group in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting an alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is replaced with a fluorine atom, and also includes a group in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting an alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with fluorine atoms (perfluoro group). The carbon number of the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification. The "substituted fluoroalkyl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a "fluoroalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. It should be noted that the "substituted fluoroalkyl group" described in the present specification also includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom of an alkyl chain in a "substituted fluoroalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a substituent in a "substituted fluoroalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the above-mentioned "alkyl group" (specific example group G3) are replaced with fluorine atoms.

[0467] "Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl"

[0468] The "substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group" described in the present specification refers to a group in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting an alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is replaced with a halogen atom, and also includes a group in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting an alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with halogen atoms. The carbon number of the "unsubstituted haloalkyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification. The "substituted haloalkyl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a "haloalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. It should be noted that the "substituted haloalkyl group" described in the present specification also includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom of an alkyl chain in a "substituted haloalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a substituent in a "substituted haloalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of "unsubstituted haloalkyl" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the above-mentioned "alkyl" (specific example group G3) are replaced with halogen atoms. A haloalkyl group is sometimes referred to as a halogenated alkyl group.

[0469] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy"

[0470] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -O(G3), where G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the specific example group G3. The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkoxy group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0471] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio"

[0472] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -S(G3), where G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the specific example group G3. The carbon number of the "unsubstituted alkylthio group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0473] "Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group"

[0474] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -O(G1), where G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in the specific example group G1. The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted aryloxy group" is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0475] "Substituted or unsubstituted arylthio"

[0476] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -S(G1), where G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in the specific example group G1. The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted arylthio group" is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0477] "Substituted or unsubstituted trialkylsilyl"

[0478] A specific example of a "trialkylsilyl group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -Si(G3)(G3)(G3), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the specific example group G3. A plurality of G3's in -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are the same or different from each other. The number of carbon atoms in each alkyl group of the "trialkylsilyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0479] "Substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl"

[0480] A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group" described in the present specification is a group represented by -(G3)-(G1), wherein G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the specific example group G3, and G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in the specific example group G1. Therefore, the "aralkyl group" is a group in which the hydrogen atom of the "alkyl group" is replaced by the "aryl group" as a substituent, and is one embodiment of the "substituted alkyl group". The "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkyl group" substituted with an "unsubstituted aryl group", and the carbon number of the "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is 7 to 50, preferably 7 to 30, and more preferably 7 to 18, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0481] Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group” include benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylisopropyl, 2-phenylisopropyl, phenyl tert-butyl, α-naphthylmethyl, 1-α-naphthylethyl, 2-α-naphthylethyl, 1-α-naphthylisopropyl, 2-α-naphthylisopropyl, β-naphthylmethyl, 1-β-naphthylethyl, 2-β-naphthylethyl, 1-β-naphthylisopropyl and 2-β-naphthylisopropyl.

[0482] The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group described in the present specification is preferably phenyl, p-biphenyl, m-biphenyl, o-biphenyl, p-terphenyl-4-yl, p-terphenyl-3-yl, p-terphenyl-2-yl, m-terphenyl-4-yl, m-terphenyl-3-yl, m-terphenyl-2-yl, o-terphenyl-4-yl, o-terphenyl-3-yl, o-terphenyl-2-yl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, pyrenyl, fluorenyl, 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl and 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl, etc.

[0483] The substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a triazine group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a phenanthrolinyl group, a carbazolyl group (1-carbazolyl group, 2-carbazolyl group, 3-carbazolyl group, 4-carbazolyl group or 9-carbazolyl group), a benzocarbazolyl group, an azacarbazolyl group, a diazacarbazolyl group, a dibenzofuranyl group, a naphthobenzofuranyl group, an azadibenzofuranyl group, a diazadibenzofuranyl group, a dibenzothiophenyl group, a naphthobenzofuranyl group benzothiophenyl, azadibenzothiophenyl, diazadibenzothiophenyl, (9-phenyl)carbazyl ((9-phenyl)carbazol-1-yl, (9-phenyl)carbazol-2-yl, (9-phenyl)carbazol-3-yl or (9-phenyl)carbazol-4-yl), (9-biphenyl)carbazyl, (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazyl, diphenylcarbazol-9-yl, phenylcarbazol-9-yl, phenyltriazine, biphenyltriazine, diphenyltriazine, phenyldibenzofuranyl and phenyldibenzothiophenyl, etc.

[0484] In the present specification, the carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0485]

Chemical formula 8

[0486]

[0487] In the present specification, the (9-phenyl)carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0488]

Chemical formula 9

[0489]

[0490] In the above general formulas (TEMP-Cz1) to (TEMP-Cz9), * represents a bonding position.

[0491] In the present specification, the dibenzofuranyl group and the dibenzothienyl group are specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0492]

Chemical formula 10

[0493]

[0494] In the above general formulas (TEMP-34) to (TEMP-41), * represents a bonding position.

[0495] The substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group described in the present specification is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, or the like, unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0496] "Substituted or unsubstituted arylene group"

[0497] Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" by removing one hydrogen atom on the aryl ring. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" (specific example group G12) include divalent groups derived from the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1 by removing one hydrogen atom on the aryl ring.

[0498] "Substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group"

[0499] Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" by removing one hydrogen atom on the heterocyclic ring. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" (specific example group G13) include divalent groups derived from the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2 by removing one hydrogen atom on the heterocyclic ring.

[0500] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkylene"

[0501] Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" by removing one hydrogen atom on the alkyl chain. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" (specific example group G14) include divalent groups derived from the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3 by removing one hydrogen atom on the alkyl chain.

[0502] The substituted or unsubstituted arylene group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following general formulae (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-68) unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0503]

Chemical formula 11

[0504]

[0505]

Chemical formula 12

[0506]

[0507] In the above general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), Q1 to Q 10 Each is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0508] In the above general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), * represents a bonding position.

[0509]

Chemical formula 13

[0510]

[0511] In the above general formulas (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), Q1 to Q 10 Each is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0512] Formula Q9 and Q 10 They may be bonded to each other via a single bond to form a ring.

[0513] In the above general formulas (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), * represents a bonding position.

[0514]

Chemical formula 14

[0515]

[0516] In the above general formulae (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), Q1 to Q8 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0517] In the above general formulas (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), * represents a bonding position.

[0518] The substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following general formulae (TEMP-69) to (JEMP-102) unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0519]

Chemical formula 15

[0520]

[0521]

Chemical formula 16

[0522]

[0523]

Chemical formula 17

[0524]

[0525] In the above general formulae (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-82), Q1 to Q9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0526]

Chemical formula 18

[0527]

[0528]

Chemical formula 19

[0529]

[0530]

Chemical formula 20

[0531]

[0532]

Chemical formula 21

[0533]

[0534] In the above general formulae (TEMP-83) to (TEMP-102), Q1 to Q8 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0535] The above is the description of the “substituents described in the present specification”.

[0536] ・"When bonding to form a ring"

[0537] In the present specification, the expression "one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups ... are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other" means the case where "one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups ... are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring", the case where "one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups ... are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring" and the case where "one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups ... are not bonded to each other".

[0538] Hereinafter, the case of "one or more groups of two or more adjacent groups ... are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring" and the case of "one or more groups of two or more adjacent groups ... are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring" in this specification (hereinafter, these cases are sometimes collectively referred to as "cases of bonding to form a ring.") are described. The case of an anthracene compound represented by the following general formula (TEMP-103) in which the mother skeleton is an anthracene ring is described as an example.

[0539]

Chemical formula 22

[0540]

[0541] For example, in the 921 ~R 930 In the case of "one or more groups of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a ring", one group of two adjacent groups refers to R 921 With R 922 Group, R 922 With R 923 Group, R 923 With R 924 Group, R 924 With R 930 Group, R 930 With R 925 Group, R 925 With R 926 Group, R 926 With R 927 Group, R 927 With R 928 Group, R 928 With R 929 The group, and R 929 With R 921 group.

[0542] The above-mentioned "one or more groups" means that two or more groups of the above-mentioned groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups can simultaneously form a ring. 921 With R 922 Bonded to each other to form ring Q A And at the same time R 925 With R 926 Bonded to each other to form ring Q B When the anthracene compound represented by the above general formula (TEMP-103) is represented by the following general formula (TEMP-104).

[0543]

Chemical formula 23

[0544]

[0545] The case where "a group of two or more adjacent groups" forms a ring includes not only the case where a group of "two" adjacent groups is bonded as in the above example, but also the case where a group of "three or more" adjacent groups is bonded. For example, R 921 With R 922 Bonded to each other to form ring Q A , and R 922 With R 923 Bonded to each other to form ring Q C , consisting of three adjacent (R 921 , R 922 and R 923) are bonded to each other to form a ring and fused to the anthracene mother skeleton. In this case, the anthracene compound represented by the general formula (TEMP-103) is represented by the following general formula (TEMP-105). In the following general formula (TEMP-105), ring Q A and Ring Q c Total R 922 .

[0546]

Chemical formula 24

[0547]

[0548] In the "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" formed, the structure of the ring formed alone may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. Even when "one of the two adjacent groups" forms a "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring", the "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" may form a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. For example, in the general formula (TEMP-104), the ring Q formed A and Ring Q B Each is a "single ring" or a "condensed ring". In addition, the ring Q formed in the above general formula (TEMP-105) A And Ring Q C The ring Q of the above general formula (TEMP-105) is A With Ring Q C By RingQ A With Ring Q c The ring Q of the above general formula (TMEP-104) is fused to form a fused ring. A If it is a benzene ring, then ring Q A The ring Q of the above general formula (TMEP-104) A If it is a naphthalene ring, then ring Q A It is a condensed ring.

[0549] The "unsaturated ring" refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. The "saturated ring" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring.

[0550] Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups exemplified as specific examples in Specific Example Group G1 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.

[0551] Specific examples of the aromatic heterocycle include structures in which the aromatic heterocyclic groups exemplified as specific examples in Specific Example Group G2 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.

[0552] Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups exemplified as specific examples in Specific Example Group G6 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.

[0553] "Forming a ring" means that a ring is formed only by multiple atoms of the parent skeleton, or by multiple atoms of the parent skeleton and one or more other optional elements. For example, R 921 With R 922 The ring Q formed by mutual bonding A Refers to R 921 The carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which it is bonded, R 922 The carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which the bonding occurs forms a ring with one or more optional elements. 921 With R 922 Ring Q A In the case of R 921 The carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which it is bonded, R 922 When the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which the carbon atom is bonded forms a monocyclic unsaturated ring with four carbon atoms, R 921 With R 922 The ring formed is a benzene ring.

[0554] Here, "optional element" is preferably at least one element selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as long as it is not otherwise described in this specification. In the optional element (for example, in the case of carbon or nitrogen), the bond that does not form a ring can be terminated by hydrogen atoms or the like, or can be replaced by "optional substituents" described later. When an optional element other than carbon is included, the formed ring is a heterocycle.

[0555] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the number of "one or more optional elements" constituting a monocyclic or condensed ring is preferably 2 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 12 or less, and even more preferably 3 or more and 5 or less.

[0556] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, "monocyclic ring" is preferred among "monocyclic ring" and "condensed ring".

[0557] In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, among "saturated ring" and "unsaturated ring", "unsaturated ring" is preferred.

[0558] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, a "monocyclic ring" is preferably a benzene ring.

[0559] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the "unsaturated ring" is preferably a benzene ring.

[0560] In the case of "one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups ... are "bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted single ring" or "bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring", unless otherwise stated in the present specification, it is preferably one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups ... are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted "unsaturated ring" formed by multiple atoms of the parent skeleton and at least one element selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.

[0561] When the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "optional substituent" described later. Specific examples of the substituent when the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent are the substituents described in the above-mentioned "substituents described in the present specification".

[0562] When the above-mentioned "saturated ring" or "unsaturated ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "optional substituent" described later. When the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent, specific examples of the substituent are the substituents described in the above-mentioned "substituents described in the present specification".

[0563] The above is an explanation of the case where "one or more groups of two or more adjacent groups of ... are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted single ring" and the case where "one or more groups of two or more adjacent groups of ... are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring" ("the case where they are bonded to form a ring").

[0564] ·Substituents when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted"

[0565] In one embodiment of the present specification, the substituent group described as "substituted or unsubstituted" (in the present specification, sometimes referred to as "optional substituent group") is, for example, selected from

[0566] unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0567] unsubstituted alkenyl having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0568] unsubstituted alkynyl having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0569] unsubstituted cycloalkyl having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0570] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ),

[0571] -O-(R 904 ),

[0572] -S-(R 905 ),

[0573] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ),

[0574] Halogen atoms, cyano, nitro,

[0575] unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and

[0576] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms

[0577] The groups in the group etc.

[0578] Here, R 901 ~R 907 Each independently

[0579] Hydrogen atoms,

[0580] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0581] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0582] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0583] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0584] In R 901 When there are two or more, two or more R 901 Same or different from each other,

[0585] In R 902 When there are two or more, two or more R 902 Same or different from each other,

[0586] In R 903 When there are two or more, two or more R 903 Same or different from each other,

[0587] In R 904 When there are two or more, two or more R 904 Same or different from each other,

[0588] In R 905 When there are two or more, two or more R 905 Same or different from each other,

[0589] In R 906 When there are two or more, two or more R 906 Same or different from each other,

[0590] In R 907 When there are two or more, two or more R 907 Same as or different from each other.

[0591] In one embodiment, the substituents described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are selected from

[0592] an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0593] An aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and

[0594] A group selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic groups having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0595] In one embodiment, the substituents described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are selected from

[0596] an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms,

[0597] An aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms and

[0598] A group selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic groups having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[0599] Specific examples of each group of the above-mentioned optional substituent are the specific examples of the substituent described in the above-mentioned section "substituent described in the present specification".

[0600] Unless otherwise stated in the present specification, adjacent optional substituents may form a "saturated ring" or an "unsaturated ring", preferably a substituted or unsubstituted saturated five-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted saturated six-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated five-membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated six-membered ring, more preferably a benzene ring.

[0601] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, an optional substituent may further have a substituent. The substituent further possessed by the optional substituent is the same as the optional substituent described above.

[0602] In this specification, the numerical range expressed using "AA to BB" means a range including the numerical value AA described before "AA to BB" as the lower limit value and the numerical value BB described after "AA to BB" as the upper limit value.

[0603] In this specification, a mathematical expression represented by “A≥B” means that the value of A is equal to the value of B, or the value of A is greater than the value of B.

[0604] In this specification, a mathematical expression represented by “A≤B” means that the value of A is equal to the value of B, or the value of A is smaller than the value of B.

[0605] [First embodiment]

[0606] <Organic electroluminescent element>

[0607] The organic EL element according to this embodiment will be described.

[0608] The organic EL element involved in this embodiment has an organic layer located between two electrodes, an anode and a cathode. The organic layer includes at least one layer formed by an organic compound. Alternatively, the organic layer is formed by stacking a plurality of layers formed by organic compounds. The organic layer may further include an inorganic compound.

[0609] The organic EL element according to the present embodiment comprises an anode, a cathode and a light-emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, wherein the light-emitting layer comprises a host material, a sensitizing material and a fluorescent material, wherein the host material is a first compound having one or more local structures selected from the local structures represented by the following general formulae (101) to (118) in one molecule, the sensitizing material is one or more compounds selected from phosphorescent metal complexes and delayed fluorescent compounds, the fluorescent material is one or more compounds selected from the third compound represented by the following general formula (41), the host material, the sensitizing material and the fluorescent material are different compounds, and the energy gap T of the host material at 77 [K] is 77K (H1) and the energy gap T of the above sensitizing material at 77[K] 77K (G2) satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 1).

[0610] T 77K (H1)>T 77K (G2)...(Formula 1)

[0611] According to this embodiment, an organic electroluminescent element that emits light with high efficiency and high color purity can be provided.

[0612] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the light-emitting layer includes a prescribed host material, a sensitizing material and a fluorescent material. It is believed that in the light-emitting layer, the recombination of holes and electrons is likely to occur on the molecules of the host material or the sensitizing material rather than on the fluorescent material. In the sensitizing material, when the sensitizing material is a delayed fluorescent compound, the lowest excited triplet state undergoes reverse intersystem crossing to the lowest excited singlet state, and when the sensitizing material is a phosphorescent metal complex, the lowest excited singlet state undergoes intersystem crossing to the lowest excited triplet state. As described above, it is believed that in the sensitizing material, after the transition to the energy state of the lowest excited singlet state or the lowest excited triplet state effectively occurs, energy transfer from the sensitizing material to the fluorescent material occurs, and fluorescent light from the lowest excited singlet state of the fluorescent material is generated. It is believed that in this embodiment, the third compound represented by the general formula (41) used as the fluorescent material has a narrow half-peak width of the emission spectrum, so the fluorescent material after receiving energy from the sensitizing material emits light with high efficiency and high color purity.

[0613] (Organic layer)

[0614] In the organic EL element of this embodiment, the organic layer may be composed of, for example, a light-emitting layer, or may include a layer that can be used for an organic EL element. The layer that can be used for an organic EL element is not particularly limited, and for example, at least one layer selected from a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, a hole blocking layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer can be cited.

[0615] In the organic EL element of this embodiment, a hole transport layer may be provided between the anode and the light-emitting layer.

[0616] In the organic EL device of this embodiment, an electron transport layer may be provided between the cathode and the light-emitting layer.

[0617] Figure 1 A schematic configuration of an example of an organic EL element according to this embodiment is shown.

[0618] The organic EL element 1 includes a substrate 2, an anode 3, a cathode 4, and an organic layer 10 disposed between the anode 3 and the cathode 4. The organic layer 10 is formed by stacking a hole injection layer 6, a hole transport layer 7, a light emitting layer 5, an electron transport layer 8, and an electron injection layer 9 in this order from the anode 3 side. Figure 1 The structure of the organic EL element shown.

[0619] (Luminous layer)

[0620] In one embodiment, the host material, the sensitizing material, and the fluorescent material are contained in a single layer. For example, in the case of an organic EL element having one light-emitting layer, the host material, the sensitizing material, and the fluorescent material are contained in the single light-emitting layer, and in the case of having multiple light-emitting layers, they are contained in any single light-emitting layer among the multiple light-emitting layers.

[0621] In one embodiment, when the light-emitting layer contains a delayed fluorescence compound as a sensitizing material, the light-emitting layer does not contain a phosphorescent metal complex.

[0622] [Main material]

[0623] In this embodiment, the host material is a first compound including one or more partial structures selected from the partial structures represented by the following general formulae (101) to (118) in one molecule.

[0624]

Chemical formula 25

[0625]

[0626]

Chemical formula 26

[0627]

[0628] (In the above general formula (101),

[0629] A 11 ~A 16 are independently a nitrogen atom, CR 11 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0630] Among them, A 11 ~A 16 At least one of them is a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0631] In R 11 If there are multiple R 11 Same or different from each other, composed of multiple R 11 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[0632] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0633] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0634] Not bonded to each other,

[0635] In the above general formula (102),

[0636] A1 to A4 are each independently a nitrogen atom, CR 12 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0637] R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, or adjacent R 12 Any one or more of the groups formed by each other are bonded to each other to form a ring,

[0638] In R 12 If there are multiple R 12 Same or different from each other, composed of multiple R 12 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[0639] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0640] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0641] Not bonded to each other,

[0642] X 10 NR 13 , C(R 14 )(R 15 )、Si(R 16 )(R 17 ), oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, and R 18 The carbon atoms respectively bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, or to R 19 a silicon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0643] Among them, the carbon atoms in A1 to A4, X 10 The nitrogen atom in 10 The carbon atoms and X 10 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0644] By R 14 and R 15 Group

[0645] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0646] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0647] Not bonded to each other,

[0648] By R 16and R 17 Group

[0649] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0650] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0651] Not bonded to each other,

[0652] In the above general formula (103),

[0653] By R 115 and R 116 Group

[0654] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0655] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0656] Not bonded to each other,

[0657] In the above general formulas (101) to (104),

[0658] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 11 , R 12 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 115 and R 116 , and R 13 , R 18 , R 19 and R 117 Each independently

[0659] Hydrogen atoms,

[0660] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0661] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0662] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0663] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0664] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0665] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0666] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0667] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0668] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[0669] -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown,

[0670] -COOR 909 The groups shown,

[0671] -P(=O)(R 910) (R 911 ) shown in the group,

[0672] -P(=O)(OR 912 )(OR 913 ) shown in the group,

[0673] -Ge(R 914 )(R 915 )(R 916 ) shown in the group,

[0674] -B(R 917 )(R 918 ) shown in the group,

[0675] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0676] Halogen atoms,

[0677] Cyano,

[0678] Nitro,

[0679] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0680] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0681] In the above general formulas (103) to (118),

[0682] * is a bonding site with other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0683] When the first compound has a plurality of partial structures represented by the general formulae (101) to (104),

[0684] The partial structures represented by the general formula (101) are the same as or different from each other.

[0685] The partial structures represented by the general formula (102) are the same as or different from each other.

[0686] The partial structures represented by the general formula (103) are the same as or different from each other.

[0687] The partial structures represented by the above general formula (104) may be the same as or different from each other.

[0688] (In the above first compound, R 901 ~R 918 Each independently

[0689] Hydrogen atoms,

[0690] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0691] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0692] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0693] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0694] In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[0695] In R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[0696] In R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other,

[0697] In R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other,

[0698] In R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[0699] In R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[0700] In R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other,

[0701] In R 908 If there are multiple R908 Same or different from each other,

[0702] In R 909 If there are multiple R 909 Same or different from each other,

[0703] In R 910 If there are multiple R 910 Same or different from each other,

[0704] In R 911 If there are multiple R 911 Same or different from each other,

[0705] In R 912 If there are multiple R 912 Same or different from each other,

[0706] In R 913 If there are multiple R 913 Same or different from each other,

[0707] In R 914 If there are multiple R 914 Same or different from each other,

[0708] In R 915 If there are multiple R 915 Same or different from each other,

[0709] In R 916 If there are multiple R 916 Same or different from each other,

[0710] In R 917 If there are multiple R 917 Same or different from each other,

[0711] In R 918 If there are multiple R 918 Same as or different from each other.)

[0712] In the above general formula (102), in X 10 In the case of "a nitrogen atom bonded to another atom or another structure in the molecule of the first compound", the above general formula (102) is represented by the following general formula (102-1).

[0713] In the above general formula (102), in X 10 For "with R 18 In the case of "a carbon atom that is respectively bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound", the above general formula (102) is represented by the following general formula (102-2).

[0714] In the above general formula (102), in X 10 For "with R 19 In the case of "a silicon atom that is respectively bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound", the above general formula (102) is represented by the following general formula (102-3).

[0715] In the general formulae (102-1) to (102-3), A1 to A4 are independently the same as A1 to A4 in the general formula (102), and R 18 and R 19 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 The meanings are the same, and * represents a bonding site with other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound.

[0716]

Chemical formula 27

[0717]

[0718] In one embodiment, the host material has at least one partial structure represented by the above general formula (101).

[0719] In one embodiment, the partial structure represented by the general formula (101) is at least one selected from the partial structures represented by the following general formulae (A11) to (A19).

[0720]

Chemical formula 28

[0721]

[0722]

Chemical formula 29

[0723]

[0724] (In the above general formulas (A11) to (A16), A 12 ~A 16 Each independently is a nitrogen atom or CR 11 , R 11 and R in the above general formula (101) 11 have the same meaning, * represents the bonding site with other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0725] In the above general formulae (A17) and (A18), A 11 ~A 22 Each independently is a nitrogen atom or CR 11 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 11 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (101)11 Same meaning, A 11 ~A 22 At least one of them is a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0726] In the above general formula (A19), A 11 ~A 18 Each independently is a nitrogen atom or CR 11 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 11 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (101) 11 Same meaning, X 11 and X 12 Each independently represents X in the above general formula (102) 10 have the same meaning, and A 11 ~A 18 The carbon atoms in 11 and X 12 The nitrogen atom in 11 and X 12 The carbon atoms in 11 and X 12 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound.

[0727] In one embodiment, the host material has at least one partial structure represented by the above general formula (102).

[0728] In one embodiment, the partial structure represented by the general formula (102) is at least one selected from the partial structures represented by the following general formulae (B11) to (B24).

[0729]

Chemical formula 30

[0730]

[0731] (In the above general formulae (B11) to (B16), Ax1 to Ax4 are each independently a nitrogen atom or CR 12 , R 12 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 Same meaning, X 10 and X in the above general formula (102) 10 have the same meaning, * represents the bonding site with other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0732] In the above general formula (B17), Ax1, Ax2 and Ay1 to Ay4 are each independently a nitrogen atom or CR 12, or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 12 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 Same meaning, X 10 and X in the above general formula (102) 10 The same meaning, wherein the carbon atoms, X 10 The nitrogen atom in 10 The carbon atoms and X 10 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0733] In the above general formula (B18), Ay1 to Ay8 are each independently a nitrogen atom or CR 12 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 12 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 Same meaning, X 10 and X in the above general formula (102) 10 The same meaning, the carbon atoms in Ay1~Ay8, X 10 The nitrogen atom in 10 The carbon atoms and X 10 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound.

[0734]

Chemical formula 31

[0735]

[0736] (In the above general formulas (B19) to (B24), Ay1 to Ay8 and Ay9 to Ay 12 Each independently is a nitrogen atom or CR 12 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 12 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 Same meaning, X9 and X 10 Each independently represents X in the above general formula (102) 10 The same meaning,

[0737] Ay1~Ay8 and Ay9~Ay 12 The carbon atoms, X9 and X 10 The nitrogen atoms, X9 and X 10 The carbon atoms in 10At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound.

[0738] In the first compound of this embodiment, preferably, R 11 , R 12 and R 115 ~R 117 Each is independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkylsilyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted arylsilyl group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted arylphosphoryl group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, an amino group, an unsubstituted alkylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted arylamino group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms, a mercapto group, an unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0739] In the first compound of this embodiment, it is more preferred that R 11 , R 12 and R 115 ~R 117 Each is independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkylsilyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted arylsilyl group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted arylphosphoryl group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, an amino group, an unsubstituted alkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted arylamino group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms, a mercapto group, an unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms.

[0740] In the first compound of this embodiment, it is further preferred that R 11、 R 12 and R 115 ~R 117 A hydrogen atom.

[0741] In the first compound of this embodiment, preferably, X 10 R 13 ~R 19 and R in X9 13 ~R 19 (with X 10 R 13~R 19 have the same meaning) are each independently a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.

[0742] In the first compound of this embodiment, more preferably, X 10 R 13 ~R 19 and R in X9 13 ~R 19 Each is independently a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

[0743] In the first compound of this embodiment, it is further preferred that X 10 R 13 ~R 19 and R in X9 13 ~R 19 Each is independently an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 ring carbon atoms.

[0744] Examples of the partial structure represented by any of the general formulae (101) to (118) include partial structures represented by the following general formulae (A101) to (A121) and (B101) to (B125).

[0745] It is also preferred that the first compound contains at least one of the partial structures represented by the following general formulae (A101) to (A121) and (B101) to (B125) in one molecule.

[0746]

Chemical formula 32

[0747]

[0748] In the above general formulas (A101) to (A107), R 101 ~R 106 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (101) 11 Same meaning, R 101 ~R 106 At least one of them is a single bond bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound.

[0749] In the above general formulas (A101) to (A107), adjacent R 101 With R 102 Group, R 102 With R103 Group, R 103 With R 104 Group, R 104 With R 105 Group, R 105 With R 106 The group and R 106 With R 101 One or more of the groups may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0750]

Chemical formula 33

[0751]

[0752] In the above general formulas (A108) to (A109), R 110 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (101) 11 Same meaning, R 110 At least one of them is a single bond to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, and the plurality of R 110 Same or different from each other, composed of multiple R 110 Among the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups, one or more groups may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0753]

Chemical formula 34

[0754]

[0755] In the above general formulas (A110) to (A114), R 110 and R 112 ~R 114 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (101) 11 Same meaning, X 110 Each independently represents X in the above general formula (102) 10 The same meaning, where R 110 and R 112 ~R 114 At least one of them is a single bond bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, or X 110 At least one of the nitrogen atoms, carbon atoms and silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, and the plurality of R 110 Same as or different from each other.

[0756] In the above general formulas (A110) to (A114), a plurality of R 110A group of two or more adjacent 112 With R 113 The group and X 110 R 14 With R 15 The group (with X 10 R 14 With R 15 The same meaning as the group), X 110 R 16 With R 17 The group (with X 10 R 16 With R 17 ' and ' have the same meaning as ') may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0757]

Chemical formula 35

[0758]

[0759] In the above general formulas (A115) to (A119), R 110 and R 112 ~R 114 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (101) 11 The same meaning, where R 110 and R 112 ~R 114 At least one of them is a single bond to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, and the plurality of R 110 Same as or different from each other.

[0760] In the above general formulas (A115) to (A119), a plurality of R 110 A group of two or more adjacent groups and R 112 and R 113 One or more of the groups may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0761]

Chemical formula 36

[0762]

[0763] In the above general formulas (A120) to (A121), R 110 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (101) 11 The same meaning, where R 110 At least one of them is a single bond to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, and the plurality of R 110Same as or different from each other.

[0764] In the above general formulas (A120) to (A121), a plurality of R 110 Among the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups, one or more groups may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0765]

Chemical formula 37

[0766]

[0767] In the above general formulae (B101) to (B109), R 114 and R 121 ~R 131 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 The same meaning, where R 114 and R 121 ~R 131 At least one of them is a single bond bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound.

[0768] In the above general formulas (B101) to (B102), R 122 With R 123 Group, R 123 With R 114 The group and R 114 With R 121 One or more of the groups may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0769] In the above general formulas (B105) to (B106), R 124 With R 125 Group, R 125 With R 126 Group, R 126 With R 127 Group, R 127 With R 128 The group and R 128 With R 129 One or more of the groups may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0770] In the above general formula (B107), R 124 With R 125 Group, R 125 With R 126 Group, R 126 With R 127 Group, R127 With R 128 Group, R 128 With R 129 Group, R 129 With R 114 The group and R 114 With R 124 One or more of the groups may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0771] In the above general formulas (B108) to (B109), R 124 With R 125 Group, R 125 With R 126 Group, R 130 With R 131 The group and R 131 With R 129 One or more of the groups may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0772]

Chemical formula 38

[0773]

[0774] In the above general formulas (B110) to (B117), R 110 and R 132 ~R 135 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 The same meaning, where R 110 and R 132 ~R 135 At least one of them is a single bond to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, and the plurality of R 110 Same as or different from each other.

[0775] In the above general formulas (B110) to (B117), a plurality of R 110 A group of two or more adjacent groups and R 132 With R 133 One or more of the groups may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0776]

Chemical formula 39

[0777]

[0778] In the above general formulae (B118) to (B123), R 110Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 Xa and Xb are independently the same as X in the above general formula (102): 10 The same meaning, where R 110 At least one of them is a single bond bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, or at least one of the nitrogen atoms, carbon atoms and silicon atoms in Xa and Xb is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, and the plurality of R 110 Same as or different from each other.

[0779] In the above general formulas (B118) to (B123), a plurality of R 110 A group of two or more adjacent groups, R in Xa 14 With R 15 The group and R in Xb 14 With R 15 The group (with X 10 R 14 With R 15 The same meaning as the group), and R in Xa 16 With R 17 The group and R in Xb 16 With R 17 The group (with X 10 R 16 With R 17 ' and ' have the same meaning as ') may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0780]

Chemical formula 40

[0781]

[0782] In the above general formulas (B124) to (B125), R 110 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 have the same meanings, Xa, Xb and Xc are each independently the same as X in the above general formula (102): 10 The same meaning, where R 110 At least one of Xa, Xb and Xc is a single bond to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, or at least one of the nitrogen atoms, carbon atoms and silicon atoms in Xa, Xb and Xc is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, and the plurality of R 110 Same as or different from each other.

[0783] In the above general formulas (B124) to (B125), a plurality of R110 A group of two or more adjacent ones, R in Xa, Xb and Xc 14 With R 15 The group (with X 10 R 14 With R 15 ), and R in Xa, Xb and Xc 16 With R 17 The group (with X 10 R 16 With R 17 ' and ' have the same meaning as ') may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or may not be bonded to each other.

[0784] In the above general formulae (A101) to (A121) and (B101) to (B125), R 110 , R 101 ~R 106 , R 112 ~R 114 , R 121 ~R 131 and R 132 ~R 135 Each of them is independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms,

[0785] More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms,

[0786] More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 ring carbon atoms.

[0787] In the above general formulae (A101) to (A121) and (B101) to (B125), Xa, Xb, Xc and X 110 R 13 ~R 19 (with X 10 R 13 ~R 19 have the same meaning) are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms,

[0788] More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms,

[0789] More preferably, it is an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 ring carbon atoms.

[0790] In this embodiment, it is preferred that the first compound (I) has at least one group selected from a cyano group, an amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted arylamino group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms, or (II) has at least one monovalent or higher residue derived from any one of substituted or unsubstituted benzene, substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene, substituted or unsubstituted indole, substituted or unsubstituted carbazole, substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran, substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene, substituted or unsubstituted fluorene, substituted or unsubstituted silafluorene, substituted or unsubstituted triazine, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine, substituted or unsubstituted pyridine, substituted or unsubstituted pyridazine, substituted or unsubstituted pyrazine, substituted or unsubstituted imidazole, substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazole, substituted or unsubstituted phenanthrene, and substituted or unsubstituted triphenylene.

[0791] In this embodiment, it is more preferred that the first compound (III) has at least one cyano group, or (IV) has at least one monovalent residue derived from any one of substituted or unsubstituted carbazole, substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran, substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene, substituted or unsubstituted fluorene, substituted or unsubstituted silafluorene, substituted or unsubstituted triazine, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine, substituted or unsubstituted pyridine, and substituted or unsubstituted triphenylene.

[0792] In this embodiment, it is further preferred that the first compound has at least one monovalent or higher residue derived from any one of substituted or unsubstituted carbazole, substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran, substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene, substituted or unsubstituted triazine and substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine.

[0793] In the present embodiment, the first compound preferably has at least one monovalent or higher-valent residue derived from a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole.

[0794] In this embodiment, the first compound preferably has at least one partial structure represented by the following general formula (15).

[0795]

Chemical formula 41

[0796]

[0797] (In the above general formula (15), R150 ~R 158 At least one of them is a single bond bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound,

[0798] R is not a single bond 150 ~R 158 Each independently

[0799] Hydrogen atoms,

[0800] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0801] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0802] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0803] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0804] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0805] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0806] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0807] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0808] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[0809] -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown,

[0810] -COOR 909 The groups shown,

[0811] -P(=O)(R 910 )(R 911 ) shown in the group,

[0812] -Ge(R 912 )(R 913 )(R 914 ) shown in the group,

[0813] -B(R 915 )(R 916 ) shown in the group,

[0814] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0815] Halogen atoms,

[0816] Cyano,

[0817] Nitro,

[0818] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0819] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0820] In the above general formula (15), R 150 It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and further preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0821] (First compound represented by general formula (161) or (162))

[0822] In this embodiment, the first compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (161) or the following general formula (162).

[0823]

Chemical formula 42

[0824]

[0825] (In the above general formula (161), Ar 161 for

[0826] A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[0827] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[0828] ml is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6,

[0829] R 161 is an electron-donating group, R 161 Each of them constitutes Ar 161 The element bonding,

[0830] When m1 is 2 or more, multiple R 161 Same or different from each other,

[0831] Among them, Ar 161 Aromatic hydrocarbon rings and heterocyclic rings that are not electron-withdrawing, Ar 161When there is a substituent, the substituent is not an electron withdrawing group,

[0832] In the above general formula (162), Ar 162 for

[0833] A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[0834] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[0835] n1 is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6,

[0836] R 162 is an electron-withdrawing group, R 162 Each of them constitutes Ar 162 The element bonding,

[0837] When n1 is 2 or more, multiple R 162 Same or different from each other,

[0838] Among them, Ar 162 Aromatic hydrocarbon rings and heterocyclic rings that are not electron donating, Ar 162 When there is a substituent, the substituent is not an electron donating group.)

[0839] In the above general formulae (161) and (162), Ar 161 and Ar 162 Each independently is preferably a monovalent or higher-valent residue derived from any one of the compounds represented by the following general formulae (A61) and (A62).

[0840]

Chemical formula 43

[0841]

[0842] In this embodiment, R in the general formula (161) 161 Each independently is preferably a monovalent or higher-valent residue derived from any of the compounds represented by the following general formulae (DN1) to (DN6) and (DN8) to (DN10), or a group represented by the following general formula (DN7).

[0843]

Chemical formula 44

[0844]

[0845] (In the above general formula (DN7), * represents each of the following: 161 The bonding site of the element. )

[0846] In this embodiment, R in the above general formula (162) 162Each is independently preferably a monovalent or higher residue derived from any of the compounds represented by the following general formulae (AC4) to (AC18) and (AC22) to (AC23), or any of the groups represented by the following general formulae (AC1) to (AC3), (AC19) to (AC21) and (AC24).

[0847]

Chemical formula 45

[0848]

[0849]

Chemical formula 46

[0850]

[0851] (In the above general formula (AC1), n A is 1, 2, or 3,

[0852] In the above general formulae (AC22) to (AC23), X1 to X8 are each independently CR 163 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms in X1 to X8 is bonded to the carbon atom constituting Ar 162 The element bonding,

[0853] In the above general formula (AC24), X1 to X8 are each independently a nitrogen atom or CR 163 , or with the composition Ar 162 The carbon atoms bonded to the elements,

[0854] In the above general formulas (AC22) to (AC24), R 163 If there are multiple R 163 Same or different from each other, composed of multiple R 163 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[0855] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[0856] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[0857] Not bonded to each other,

[0858] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 163 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (102) 12 The same meaning,

[0859] In the above general formulae (AC1) to (AC3), (AC19) to (AC21) and (AC24), * represents a group consisting of Ar162 The bonding site of the element. )

[0860] In this embodiment, the first compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (13).

[0861]

Chemical formula 47

[0862]

[0863] (In the above general formula (13),

[0864] X 13 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a group represented by N-Rb,

[0865] Z1~Z 12 Each independently represents a nitrogen atom or a group represented by C-Rc,

[0866] Ar 14 and Ar 15 Each independently

[0867] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0868] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0869] L 14 and L 15 Each independently

[0870] single bond,

[0871] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0872] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0873] Rb and Rc are each independently

[0874] Hydrogen atoms,

[0875] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0876] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0877] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0878] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0879] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0880] -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown,

[0881] -COOR 909 The groups shown,

[0882] -P(=O)(R 910 )(R 911 ) shown in the group,

[0883] -Ge(R 912 )(R 913 )(R 914 ) shown in the group,

[0884] Cyano,

[0885] Nitro,

[0886] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0887] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0888] When there are multiple Rc, the multiple Rc are the same or different from each other.)

[0889] In the compound represented by the above general formula (13), in -L 14 -Ar 14 The groups shown are the same as -L 15 -Ar 15 When the groups shown are the same substituents, it is also preferred that Z1 and Z 12 , Z2 and Z 11 , Z3 and Z 10 , Z4 and Z9, Z5 and Z8, and Z6 and Z7 are not all identical groups. In this case, in the above general formula (13), 13 The structure of the right side of the five-membered ring fused with X 13 The compound represented by the general formula (13) is a compound having an asymmetric structure, because the structure of the left side of the five-membered ring is different from that of the five-membered ring.

[0890] In the compound represented by the above general formula (13), preferably, -L 14 -Ar 14 The groups shown are the same as -L 15 -Ar 15 The groups represented are different groups from each other. In this case, as in the above, the compound represented by the general formula (13) is a compound having an asymmetric structure.

[0891] In this embodiment, the first compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (12).

[0892]

Chemical formula 48

[0893]

[0894] (In the above general formula (12),

[0895] Ar 11 and Ar 12 Each independently

[0896] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0897] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0898] L 11 and L 12 Each independently

[0899] single bond,

[0900] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0901] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0902] L 13 for

[0903] a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 or less ring carbon atoms, or

[0904] a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic group having no more than 6 ring atoms,

[0905] m is 0, 1, 2 or 3, multiple L 13 Same or different from each other,

[0906] X1 to X8 and Y1 to Y8 are each independently N or CRa,

[0907] Among them, one of X5 to X8 and one of Y1 to Y4 are connected via L 13 The bonded carbon atoms, or directly bonded carbon atoms,

[0908] Ra is independently

[0909] Hydrogen atoms,

[0910] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0911] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903) shown in the group,

[0912] Halogen atoms,

[0913] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0914] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0915] When there are multiple Ra, the multiple Ra are the same as or different from each other.

[0916] The compound represented by the general formula (12) satisfies one or both of the following (i) and (ii).

[0917] (i)Ar 11 and Ar 12 At least one of them is an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted by a cyano group, or a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms substituted by a cyano group.

[0918] (ii) at least one of X1 to X4 and Y5 to Y8 is CRa, and at least one of Ra in X1 to X4 and Y5 to Y8 is an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted by a cyano group, or a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms substituted by a cyano group.

[0919] In the compound represented by the general formula (12), the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted with a cyano group and the heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms substituted with a cyano group may further have a substituent other than a cyano group.

[0920] In the compound represented by the general formula (12), m is preferably 0, 1 or 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. In the compound represented by the general formula (12), when m is 0, one of X5 to X8 is directly bonded to one of Y1 to Y4 via a single bond.

[0921] In the compound represented by the above general formula (12), it is preferred that any one of the groups consisting of the group consisting of X6 and Y3, the group consisting of X6 and Y2, and the group consisting of X7 and Y3 is 13 And bonded carbon atoms, or directly bonded carbon atoms.

[0922] When the group of X6 and Y3 is a carbon atom bonded via L13 or a carbon atom bonded directly, the compound represented by the above general formula (12) is represented by the following general formula (121).

[0923]

Chemical formula 49

[0924]

[0925] (In the above general formula (121), Ar11 ,Ar 12 , L 11 , L 12 , L 13 , m, X1 to X5, X7 to X8, Y1 to Y2 and Y4 to Y8 are each the same as Ar in the above general formula (12) 11 ,Ar 12 , L 11 , L 12 , L 13 , m, X1-X5, X7-X8, Y1-Y2 and Y4-Y8 have the same meanings, and the compound represented by the above general formula (121) satisfies at least one of the above conditions (i) and (ii).

[0926] In the compounds represented by the above general formula (12), preferably, -Ar 11 -L 11 The groups shown are similar to -Ar 12 -L 12 The groups shown are different from each other.

[0927] As L 13 The monocyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 or less ring carbon atoms is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of phenylene, cyclopentenylene, cyclopentadienylene, cyclohexylene and cyclopentylene, and more preferably phenylene.

[0928] As L 13 The monocyclic heterocyclic group having 6 or less ring atoms is preferably at least one group selected from, for example, a pyrrolylene group, a pyrazinylene group, a pyridylene group, a furylene group and a thienylene group.

[0929] In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer may contain two or more first compounds having different molecular structures. By mixing different charge transporting compounds, the charge balance in the light-emitting layer is improved, and the light-emitting efficiency is expected to be improved. Moreover, by forming an exciplex by two or more first compounds (host materials), the excitation energy decreases, and it can be driven at a lower voltage compared to the case where one host material is contained in the light-emitting layer.

[0930] (Method for producing the first compound)

[0931] The first compound can be produced by a known method. Alternatively, the first compound can be produced by following a known method by using a known substitution reaction and raw materials corresponding to the target substance.

[0932] (Specific example of the first compound)

[0933] Specific examples of the first compound of the present embodiment include the following compounds. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the compounds.

[0934]

Chemical formula 50

[0935]

[0936]

Chemical formula 51

[0937]

[0938]

Chemical formula 52

[0939]

[0940]

Chemical formula 53

[0941]

[0942]

Chemical formula 54

[0943]

[0944]

Chemical formula 55

[0945]

[0946]

Chemical formula 56

[0947]

[0948]

Chemical formula 57

[0949]

[0950]

Chemical formula 58

[0951]

[0952]

Chemical formula 59

[0953]

[0954]

Chemical formula 60

[0955]

[0956]

Chemical formula 61

[0957]

[0958]

Chemical formula 62

[0959]

[0960]

Chemical formula 63

[0961]

[0962]

Chemical formula 64

[0963]

[0964]

Chemical formula 65

[0965]

[0966]

Chemical formula 66

[0967]

[0968]

Chemical formula 67

[0969]

[0970]

Chemical formula 68

[0971]

[0972]

Chemical formula 69

[0973]

[0974]

Chemical formula 70

[0975]

[0976]

Chemical formula 71

[0977]

[0978]

Chemical formula 72

[0979]

[0980]

Chemical formula 73

[0981]

[0982]

Chemical formula 74

[0983]

[0984]

Chemical formula 75

[0985]

[0986]

Chemical formula 76

[0987]

[0988]

Chemical formula 77

[0989]

[0990]

Chemical formula 78

[0991]

[0992]

Chemical formula 79

[0993]

[0994]

Chemical formula 80

[0995]

[0996]

Chemical formula 81

[0997]

[0998]

Chemical formula 82

[0999]

[1000]

Chemical formula 83

[1001]

[1002]

Chemical formula 84

[1003]

[1004]

Chemical formula 85

[1005]

[1006]

Chemical formula 86

[1007]

[1008]

Chemical formula 87

[1009]

[1010]

Chemical formula 88

[1011]

[1012]

Chemical formula 89

[1013]

[1014]

Chemical formula 90

[1015]

[1016]

Chemical formula 91

[1017]

[1018]

Chemical formula 92

[1019]

[1020]

Chemical formula 93

[1021]

[1022]

Chemical formula 94

[1023]

[1024]

Chemical formula 95

[1025]

[1026]

Chemical formula 96

[1027]

[1028]

Chemical formula 97

[1029]

[1030]

Chemical formula 98

[1031]

[1032]

Chemical formula 99

[1033]

[1034]

Chemical Formula 100

[1035]

[1036]

Chemical Formula 101

[1037]

[1038]

Chemical Formula 102

[1039]

[1040]

Chemical Formula 103

[1041]

[1042]

Chemical Formula 104

[1043]

[1044]

Chemical Formula 105

[1045]

[1046]

Chemical formula 106

[1047]

[1048]

Chemical formula 107

[1049]

[1050]

Chemical formula 108

[1051]

[1052]

Chemical formula 109

[1053]

[1054]

Chemical Formula 110

[1055]

[1056]

Chemical Formula 111

[1057]

[1058]

Chemical Formula 112

[1059]

[1060]

Chemical formula 113

[1061]

[1062]

Chemical formula 114

[1063]

[1064]

Chemical Formula 115

[1065]

[1066]

Chemical formula 116

[1067]

[1068]

Chemical formula 117

[1069]

[1070]

Chemical formula 118

[1071]

[1072]

Chemical formula 119

[1073]

[1074]

Chemical Formula 120

[1075]

[1076]

Chemical Formula 121

[1077]

[1078]

Chemical formula 122

[1079]

[1080]

Chemical Formula 123

[1081]

[1082]

Chemical formula 124

[1083]

[1084]

Chemical formula 125

[1085]

[1086]

Chemical formula 126

[1087]

[1088]

Chemical formula 127

[1089]

[1090]

Chemical formula 128

[1091]

[1092]

Chemical formula 129

[1093]

[1094]

Chemical Formula 130

[1095]

[1096]

Chemical Formula 131

[1097]

[1098]

Chemical formula 132

[1099]

[1100]

Chemical formula 133

[1101]

[1102]

Chemical formula 134

[1103]

[1104]

Chemical formula 135

[1105]

[1106]

Chemical formula 136

[1107]

[1108] [Sensitized materials]

[1109] In this embodiment, the sensitizing material is one or more compounds selected from phosphorescent metal complexes and delayed fluorescent compounds. In this specification, the compound used as the sensitizing material may be referred to as a second compound.

[1110] (Phosphorescent Metal Complex)

[1111] In this embodiment, the phosphorescent metal complex preferably contains a heavy metal atom.

[1112] In this embodiment, the phosphorescent metal complex preferably contains one or more metal atoms selected from platinum (Pt), iridium (Ir), osmium (Os), ruthenium (Ru), rhodium (Rh), palladium (Pd), copper (Cu), silver (Ag), gold (Au), titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), europium (Eu), terbium (Tb) and thulium (Tm).

[1113] In this embodiment, the phosphorescent metal complex is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (21).

[1114] M(L1) n1 (L2) n2 ...(twenty one)

[1115]

Chemical formula 137

[1116]

[1117] (In the above general formulas (21), (211), (212), and (213),

[1118] M is a transition metal selected from the group consisting of a first transition metal, a second transition metal and a third transition metal,

[1119] L1 is at least one ligand selected from the group consisting of the ligand represented by the general formula (211), the ligand represented by the general formula (212), and the ligand represented by the general formula (213),

[1120] n1 is 1, 2 or 3,

[1121] L2 is at least one ligand selected from the group consisting of a monodentate ligand, a bidentate ligand, and a tridentate ligand,

[1122] n2 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1123] The CY1 ring, the CY2 ring, the CY3 ring and the CY4 ring are each independently selected from a carbocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a heterocyclic group having 1 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[1124] Y1 to Y4 are each independently selected from

[1125] single bond,

[1126] Double bond,

[1127] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1128] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1129] *aO-*b,

[1130] *aS-*b,

[1131] *aC(=O)-*b,

[1132] *aS(=O)-*b,

[1133] *aC(R5)(R6)-*b,

[1134] *aC(R5)=C(R6)-*b,

[1135] *aC(R5)=*b,

[1136] *a-Si(R5)(R6)-*b,

[1137] *aB(R5)-*b,

[1138] *aN(R5)-*b, and

[1139] *aP(R5)-*b,

[1140] a1, a2 and a3 are each independently 1, 2 or 3,

[1141] a4 is 0, 1, 2 or 3. When a4 is 0, the CY1 ring and the CY4 ring are not connected to each other.

[1142] T1, T2, T3 and T4 are each independently selected from

[1143] Chemical bonds,

[1144] *aO-*b,

[1145] *aS-*b,

[1146] *aB(R7)-*b,

[1147] *aN(R7)-*b,

[1148] *aP(R7)-*b,

[1149] *aC(R7)(R8)-*b,

[1150] *a-Si(R7)(R8)-*b,

[1151] *a-Ge(R7)(R8)-*b,

[1152] *aC(=O)-*b and

[1153] *aC(=S)-*b,

[1154] *a and *b are each independently the bonding position to the adjacent atom,

[1155] *1, *2, *3 and *4 are the bonding positions with M,

[1156] R1 to R8 are each independently selected from

[1157] Hydrogen atoms,

[1158] Halogen atoms,

[1159] Cyano,

[1160] Nitro,

[1161] amidine group,

[1162] Hydrazine,

[1163] Hydrazonyl,

[1164] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1165] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1166] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1167] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1168] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms,

[1169] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1170] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms,

[1171] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1172] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1173] a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group,

[1174] a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group,

[1175] -Si(R 251 )(R 252 )(R 253 ) shown in the group,

[1176] -O-(R 254 ) shown in the group,

[1177] -S-(R 255 ) shown in the group,

[1178] -N(R 256 )(R 257 ) shown in the group,

[1179] -C(=O)R 258 The groups shown,

[1180] -C(=O)(OR 259 ) shown in the group,

[1181] -S(=O)2(OR 260 ) shown in the group,

[1182] -OP(=O)(OR 261 )(OR 262 ) shown in the group,

[1183] -C(R 263 )(R 264 )(R 265 ) shown in the group,

[1184] -B(R 266 )(R 267 ) shown in the group,

[1185] -P(R 268 )(R 269 ) shown in the group,

[1186] -S(=O)(R 270 ) shown in the group,

[1187] -S(=O)2(R 271 ) shown in the group,

[1188] -P(=O)(R 272 )(R 273 ) shown in the group, and

[1189] -P(=S)(R 274 )(R 275 ),

[1190] One or more groups of two or more adjacent ones of R1 to R8

[1191] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1192] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1193] Not bonded to each other,

[1194] One or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones of R1 to R8 and Y1 to Y4

[1195] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1196] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1197] Not bonded to each other,

[1198] b1, b2, b3 and b4 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10,

[1199] R 251 ~R 275 Each independently selected from

[1200] Hydrogen atoms,

[1201] Halogen atoms,

[1202] -O-(R 276 ) shown in the group,

[1203] -N(R 277 )(R 278 ) shown in the group,

[1204] Cyano,

[1205] Nitro,

[1206] amidine group,

[1207] Hydrazine,

[1208] Hydrazonyl,

[1209] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1210] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1211] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1212] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1213] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms,

[1214] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1215] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms,

[1216] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1217] an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1218] an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1219] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1220] a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group,

[1221] a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group,

[1222] Biphenyl and terphenyl,

[1223] R2 76 ~R 278 Each independently

[1224] Hydrogen atoms,

[1225] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1226] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1227] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1228] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1229] In the present specification, a carbocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring carbon atoms refers to a monocyclic group or a polycyclic group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms and containing only carbon as a ring atom. A carbocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring carbon atoms may be an aromatic carbocyclic group or a non-aromatic carbocyclic group. A carbocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring carbon atoms may be a ring such as benzene, a monovalent group such as phenyl, or a divalent group such as phenylene. Alternatively, a carbocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring carbon atoms may be variously transformed like a trivalent group or a tetravalent group by the number of substituents attached to the carbocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[1230] In the present specification, a heterocyclic group having 1 to 30 ring carbon atoms refers to a group having the same structure as a carbocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring carbon atoms, but containing at least one heteroatom selected from N (carbon atom), O (oxygen atom), Si (silicon atom), P (phosphorus atom) and S (sulfur atom) as a ring atom in addition to carbon (the carbon number can be 1 to 30).

[1231] In the present specification, a heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms refers to a monovalent monocyclic group having 3 to 50 ring atoms and containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O, Si, P and S as a ring atom, and specific examples thereof include 1,2,3,4-oxatriazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydrothienyl. In the present specification, a heterocycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring atoms refers to a divalent group having the same structure as a heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms.

[1232] In the present specification, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms refers to a group that is a monovalent monocyclic group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms and has at least one double bond in the ring, but does not have aromaticity, and specific examples thereof include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl. In the present specification, a cycloalkenylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms refers to a divalent group having the same structure as a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1233] In the present specification, a heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms is a monovalent monocyclic group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O, Si, P and S as a ring atom, and having at least one double bond in the ring. Specific examples of heterocycloalkenyl groups having 3 to 50 ring atoms include 4,5-dihydro-1,2,3,4-oxatriazolyl, 2,3-dihydrofuranyl and 2,3-dihydrothienyl. In the present specification, a heterocycloalkenylene group having 3 to 50 ring atoms refers to a divalent group having the same structure as a heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms.

[1234] According to one embodiment, in the compound represented by the above general formula (21), the substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms preferably has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms, the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 50 ring atoms preferably has 3 to 10 ring atoms, the substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms preferably has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms, and the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl having 3 to 50 ring atoms preferably has 3 to 10 ring atoms.

[1235] In the present specification, a monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group refers to a monovalent group (for example, having 8 to 60 carbon atoms) in which two or more rings are mutually fused, the ring atoms only contain carbon, and the molecule as a whole has non-aromaticity. In the present specification, a divalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group refers to a divalent group having the same structure as a monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group.

[1236] In the present specification, a monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group refers to a monovalent group having two or more rings fused to each other, containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O, Si, P and S as a ring atom in addition to carbon, and having non-aromatic properties as a whole molecule (for example, having 1 to 60 carbon atoms). In the present specification, a divalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group refers to a divalent group having the same structure as a monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group.

[1237] In the present specification, "biphenyl group" means "phenyl group substituted with phenyl group." "Biphenyl group" belongs to "substituted phenyl group" whose substituent is "aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms."

[1238] In the present specification, "terphenyl group" means "phenyl group substituted with biphenyl group". "Terphenyl group" belongs to "substituted phenyl group" whose substituent is "aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted with aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms".

[1239] In the compound represented by the above general formula (21), the chemical bond of T1, T2, T3 and T4 is preferably a single bond.

[1240] In the compound represented by the above general formula (21), M is preferably one or more metal atoms selected from platinum (Pt), iridium (Ir), osmium (Os), ruthenium (Ru), rhodium (Rh), palladium (Pd), copper (Cu), silver (Ag), gold (Au), titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), europium (Eu), terbium (Tb) and thulium (Tm), more preferably platinum (Pt) or iridium (Ir).

[1241] According to one embodiment, in the compound represented by the general formula (21), the CY1 ring to the CY4 ring can be independently selected from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, triphenylene, pyrene, Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene, carbene, thiophene, furan, selenophene, indole, benzoborole, benzophosphole, indene, benzosilole, benzogermanol, benzothiophene, benzoselenophene, benzofuran, carbazole, dibenzoborole, dibenzophosphole, fluorene, dibenzosilole, dibenzo Germanocyclopentadiene, dibenzothiophene, dibenzoselenophene, dibenzofuran, dibenzothiophene 5-oxide, 9H-fluorene-9-one, dibenzothiophene 5,5-dioxide, azaindole, azabenzoborole, azabenzophosphole, azaindene, azabenzosilole, azabenzogermocyclopentadiene, azabenzothiophene, azabenzoselenophene, azabenzene azadibenzofuran, azacarbazole, azadibenzoborole, azadibenzophosphole, azafluorene, azadibenzosilole, azadibenzogermanol, azadibenzothiophene, azadibenzoselenophene, azadibenzofuran, azadibenzothiophene 5-oxide, aza-9H-fluorene-9-one, azadibenzothiophene 5,5-dioxide, pyridine , pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, triazine, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, quinazoline, phenanthroline, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzopyrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinoline and 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline.

[1242] According to one embodiment, at least one of the CY1 ring and the CY2 ring in the general formula (211), at least one of the CY1 ring to the CY3 ring in the general formula (212), and at least one of the CY1 ring to the CY4 ring in the general formula (213) may be a carbene.

[1243] According to one embodiment, Y1 to Y4 in general formulae (211) to (213) may each independently be at least one selected from a single bond, a double bond, *aO-*b, *aS-*b, *aC(R5)(R6)-*b and *aN(R5)-*b.

[1244] According to one embodiment, at least one of R1 and R2 in general formula (211), at least one of R1 to R3 in general formula (212), and at least one of R1 to R4 in general formula (213) may be an electron donating group.

[1245] For example, the electron-donating group may be a substituent selected from an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, and the following general formulae (10-1) to (10-61).

[1246]

Chemical formula 138

[1247]

[1248]

Chemical formula 139

[1249]

[1250] In the above general formulae (10-1) to (10-61), * represents a bonding position with an adjacent atom.

[1251] In this specification, a deuterium atom is represented by D in a chemical formula, and a protium atom is represented by H or omitted. In this specification, in a chemical formula, a methyl group is sometimes represented by Me, a phenyl group is represented by Ph, an isopropyl group is represented by i-Pr, and a tert-butyl group is sometimes represented by t-Bu.

[1252] According to one embodiment, at least one of R1 and R2 in the general formula (211) is a substituent other than hydrogen, and / or Y1 is *aN(R5)-*b, and R5 is a substituted aromatic group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1253] According to one embodiment, at least one of R1 to R3 in the above general formula (212) is a substituent other than hydrogen, and / or at least one of Y1 and Y2 is *aN(R5)-*b, and R5 is a substituted aromatic group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1254] According to one embodiment, at least one of R1 to R4 in the above general formula (213) is a substituent other than hydrogen, and / or at least one of Y1 to Y4 is *aN(R5)-*b, and R5 is a substituted aromatic group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1255] In this embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (21) is preferably a compound selected from the compounds represented by the following general formulas (214) and (215).

[1256]

Chemical formula 140

[1257]

[1258]

Chemical Formula 141

[1259]

[1260] (In the above general formulae (214) and (215), M, L2, n1, n2, CY1 ring to CY4 ring, Y1 to Y3, a1 to a3, T1 to T4, R1 to R4 and b1 to b4 have the same meanings as above.)

[1261] According to one embodiment, at least one of the CY1 ring and the CY2 ring in the general formula (214) and at least one of the CY1 ring to the CY4 ring in the general formula (215) may be a carbene.

[1262] For example, any one of the CY1 ring and the CY4 ring in the general formula (215) may be a carbene.

[1263] In the present embodiment, it is also preferred that the compound represented by the general formula (21) is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulas (215A) and (215B).

[1264]

Chemical formula 142

[1265]

[1266]

Chemical formula 143

[1267]

[1268] (In the above general formulas (215A) and (215B),

[1269] M1 is Pt,

[1270] M2 is selected from the first transition metal, the second transition metal and the third transition metal,

[1271] CY 12 Ring, CY 13 Ring, CY 14 Ring, CY 22 Ring, CY 23 Ring and CY 24 The rings are each independently selected from a carbocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a heterocyclic group having 1 to 30 ring carbon atoms,

[1272] A 11 , A 12 , A 21 and A 22 are each independently N (nitrogen atom) or P (phosphorus atom),

[1273] X 11 , X 12 , X 13 , X 21 , X 22 and X 23 are each independently N (nitrogen atom) or C (carbon atom),

[1274] Y 11 ~Y 13each independently selected from a single bond, a double bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, *aO-*b, *aS-*b, *aC(=O)-*b, *aS(=O)-*b, *aC(R 15 )(R 16 )-*b、*aC(R 15 )=C(R 16 )-*b、*aC(R 15 )=*b、*a-Si(R 15 )(R 16 )-*b、*aB(R 15 )-*b、*aN(R 15 )-*b and *aP(R 15 )-*b,

[1275] Y 21 ~Y 23 each independently selected from a single bond, a double bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, *aO-*b, *aS-*b, *aC(=O)-*b, *aS(=O)-*b, *aC(R 25 )(R 26 )-*b、*aC(R 25 )=C(R 26 )-*b、*aC(R 25 )=*b、*a-Si(R 25 )(R 26 )-*b、*aB(R 25 )-*b、*aN(R 25 )-*b and *aP(R 25 )-*b,

[1276] a11, a12 and a13 are each independently 1, 2 or 3,

[1277] a21, a22 and a23 are each independently 1, 2 or 3,

[1278] T 11 , T 12 , T 13 and T 14 Each independently selected from a chemical bond, *aO-*b, *aS-*b, *aB(R 17 )-*b、*aN(R 17 )-*b、*aP(R 17 )-*b、*aC(R 17 )(R 18)-*b、*a-Si(R 17 )(R 18 )-*b、*a-Ge(R 17 )(R 18 )-*b, *aC(=O)-*b and *aC(=S)-*b,

[1279] T 21 、T 22 、T 23 and T 24 independently selected from chemical bonds, *aO-*b, *aS-*b, *aB(R 27 )-*b、*aN(R 27 )-*b、*aP(R 27 )-*b、*aC(R 27 )(R 28 )-*b、*a-Si(R 27 )(R 28 )-*b、*a-Ge(R 27 )(R 28 )-*b, *aC(=O)-*b and *aC(=S)-*b,

[1280] *a and *b are each independently the bonding position to the adjacent atom,

[1281] R 11a , R 11b , R 11c , R 12 ~R 18 , R 21a , R 21b , R 21c and R 22 ~R 28 each independently selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amidino group, a hydrazine group, a hydrazone group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group, -Si(R 251 )(R 252 )(R 253 ) represented by -O-(R 254 ) represented by the group, -S-(R255 ) represented by the group, -N(R 256 )(R 257 ) represented by -C(=O)R 258 The group shown, -C(=O)(OR 259 ) represented by -S(=O)2(OR 260 ) represented by -OP(=O)(OR 261 )(OR 262 ) represented by the group, -C(R 263 )(R 264 )(R 265 ) represented by -B(R 266 )(R 267 ) represented by the group, -P(R 268 )(R 269 ) represented by -S(=O)(R 270 ) represented by -S(=O)2(R 271 ) represented by -P(=O)(R 272 )(R 273 ) and -P(=S)(R 274 )(R 275 ),

[1282] By R 11a , R 11b , R 11c and R 12 ~R 18 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1283] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1284] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1285] Not bonded to each other,

[1286] By R 21a , R 21b , R 21c and R 22 ~R 28 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1287] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1288] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1289] Not bonded to each other,

[1290] b12, b13, b14, b22, b23 and b24 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10,

[1291] R 251 ~R 275 and R in the above general formulas (21), (211), (212), and (213) 251 ~R 275 Same meaning.)

[1292] According to one embodiment, R 251 ~R 275 Can choose freely

[1293] Hydrogen atoms,

[1294] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1295] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1296] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and

[1297] A group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1298] In R 251 ~R 275 When there are multiple R 251 , multiple R 252 , multiple R 253 , multiple R 254 , multiple R 255 , multiple R 256 , multiple R 257 , multiple R 258 , multiple R 259 , multiple R 260 , multiple R 261 , multiple R 262 , multiple R 263 , multiple R 264 , multiple R 265 , multiple R 266 , multiple R 267 , multiple R 268 , multiple R 269 , multiple R 270 , multiple R 271 , multiple R 272 , multiple R 273 , multiple R 274 , and multiple R 275 are the same as or different from each other.

[1299] According to one embodiment, R in the above general formula (215A) 11b With R 11c The group and R in the above general formula (215B) 21b With R 21c One or more of the groups may be bonded to each other to form a bonded group surrounded by at least one R a a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring or a pyrazine ring, R a and R in the above general formula (215A) 11a Same meaning, in multiple R a In the presence of multiple R a Same as or different from each other.

[1300] According to one embodiment, R in the above general formula (215A) 11a , R 11b , R 11c and R 14 At least one of them may be an electron donating group.

[1301] For example, R in the above general formula (215A) 11a and R 14 At least one of them may be an electron donating group. According to one embodiment, R in the general formula (215A) 11a and R 14 At least one of them may be an electron donating group selected from the group consisting of an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group and the groups represented by the above general formulae (10-1) to (10-61).

[1302] According to one embodiment, R in the above general formula (215B) can be 22 and R 23 At least one of them is a substituent other than hydrogen, and / or Y 23 is *aN(R 25 )-*b、R 25 It is a substituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1303] For example, you can 22 and R 23at least one of which is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group, -O-(R 254 ) and -S-(R 255 ) and / or Y 23 is *aN(R 25 )-*b、R 25 It is a substituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1304] For example, you can 22 and R 23 at least one of which is selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms substituted with at least one deuterium, an alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group, a monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group, -O-(R 254 ) and -S-(R 255 ) and / or Y 23 is *aN(R 25 )-*b、R 25 It is an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted with at least one deuterium.

[1305] As another example, R 22 and R 23 At least one of them is an electron donating group selected from isopropyl, tert-butyl and the groups represented by the above general formulae (10-1) to (10-61), and / or Y 23 is *aN(R 25 )-*b、R 25 It is an electron donating group selected from the group consisting of isopropyl, tert-butyl and the groups represented by the above general formulae (10-1) to (10-61).

[1306] According to one embodiment, R in the above general formula (215A) can be 11a , R 11b , R 11c and R14 At least one of them is an electron-donating group. In the above general formula (215B), R 22 and R 23 At least one of them is a substituent other than hydrogen, and / or Y 23 is *aN(R 25 )-*b、R 25 It is a substituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1307] In the present embodiment, it is also preferred that the compound represented by the general formula (21) is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulas (215C) and (215D).

[1308]

Chemical formula 144

[1309]

[1310]

Chemical formula 145

[1311]

[1312] (In the above general formulae (215C) and (215D),

[1313] Z 11 C(R 12a ) or N,

[1314] Z 12 C(R 12b ) or N,

[1315] Z 13 C(R 12c ) or N,

[1316] Z 14 C(R 13a ) or N,

[1317] Z 15 C(R 13b ) or N,

[1318] Z 16 C(R 13c ) or N,

[1319] Z 17 C(R 14a ) or N,

[1320] Z 18 C(R 14b ) or N,

[1321] Z 19 C(R 14c ) or N,

[1322] Z 20 C(R 14d ) or N,

[1323] Z 31 C(R 15a ) or N,

[1324] Z 32 C(R 15b ) or N,

[1325] Z 33 C(R 15c ) or N,

[1326] Z 34 C(R 15d ) or N,

[1327] R 12a , R 12b and R 12 c are each independently the same as R in the above general formula (215A) 12 The same meaning,

[1328] R 13a , R 13b and R 13c Each independently represents R in the above general formula (215A) 13 The same meaning,

[1329] R 14a , R 14b , R 14c and R 14d Each independently represents R in the above general formula (215A) 14 The same meaning,

[1330] R 15a , R 15b , R 15c and R 15d Each independently represents R in the above general formula (215A) 15 The same meaning,

[1331] M1, A 11 , A 12 , X 11 ~X 13 , Y 11 ~Y 13 、a11~a13、T 11 ~T 14 and R 11a ~R 11c Respectively with M1, A in the above general formula (215A) 11 , A 12 , X 11 ~X13 , Y 11 ~Y13、a11~a13、T 11 ~T 14 and R 11a ~R 11c Same meaning.)

[1332] According to one embodiment, Z in the above general formulae (215C) and (215D) can be 18 C(R 14b ), R 11a ~R 11c and R 14b At least one of them is an electron donating group. For example, Z in the above general formulas (215C) and (215D) may be 18 C(R 14b ), R 11a and R 14b At least one of them is an electron donating group.

[1333] According to one embodiment, Z in the above general formulae (215C) and (215D) can be 18 C(R 14b ), R 11a and R 14b At least one of them is an electron donating group selected from the group consisting of an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group and the groups represented by the above general formulae (10-1) to (10-61).

[1334] In the present embodiment, it is also preferred that the compound represented by the general formula (21) is a compound represented by the following general formula (215E).

[1335]

Chemical formula 146

[1336]

[1337] (In the above general formula (215E),

[1338] Z 21 C(R 22a ) or N, Z 22 C(R 22b ) or N, Z 23 C(R 22c ) or N, Z 24 C(R 23a ) or N, Z 25 C(R 23b ) or N, Z 27 C(R 24a ) or N, Z 28 C(R 24b ) or N, Z 29 C(R24c ) or N, Z 30 C(R 24d ) or N, Z 41 C(R 25a ) or N, Z 42 C(R 25b ) or N, Z 43 C(R 25c ) or N, Z 44 C(R 25d ) or N,

[1339] R 22a , R 22b and R 22c Each independently represents R in the above general formula (215B) 22 The same meaning,

[1340] R 23a and R 23b Each independently represents R in the above general formula (215B) 23 The same meaning,

[1341] R 24a , R 24b , R 24c and R 24d Each independently represents R in the above general formula (215B) 24 The same meaning,

[1342] R 25a , R 25b , R 25c and R 25d Each independently represents R in the above general formula (215B) 25 The same meaning,

[1343] M2, A 21 , A 22 , X 21 ~X 23 , Y 21 , Y 22 、a21、a22、T 21 ~T 24 and R 21a ~R 21c Respectively with M2, A in the above general formula (215B) 21 , A 22 , X 21 ~X 23 , Y 21 , Y 22 、a21、a22、T 21 ~T 24 and R 21a ~R 21c Same meaning.)

[1344] According to one embodiment, in the above general formula (215E), M2 may be Pt.

[1345] According to one embodiment, in the above general formula (215E), Z 22 C(R 22b ), Z 42 C(R 25b ), R 22b and R 25b At least one of them is a substituent other than hydrogen. 22b and R 25b at least one of which is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group, -O-(R 254 ) and -S-(R 255 ) shown in the figure.

[1346] According to one embodiment, in the above general formula (215E), Z 22 C(R 22b ), Z 42 C(R 25b ), R 22b and R 25b at least one of which is selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms substituted with at least one deuterium, an alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group, a monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group, -O-(R 254 ) and -S-(R 255 ) shown in the figure.

[1347] According to one embodiment, in the above general formula (215E), Z 22 C(R 22b ), Z 42 C(R 25b ), R 22band R 25b At least one of them is an electron donating group selected from the group consisting of an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group and the groups represented by the above general formulae (10-1) to (10-61).

[1348] In the compound represented by the above general formula (21), as T 11 , T 12 , T 13 , T 14 , T 21 , T 22 , T 23 and T 24 The chemical bond is preferably a single bond.

[1349] (Specific examples of phosphorescent metal complexes)

[1350] Specific examples of the phosphorescent metal complex of the present embodiment include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the compounds.

[1351]

Chemical formula 147

[1352]

[1353]

Chemical formula 148

[1354]

[1355]

Chemical formula 149

[1356]

[1357]

Chemical formula 150

[1358]

[1359]

Chemical formula 151

[1360]

[1361]

Chemical formula 152

[1362]

[1363]

Chemical formula 153

[1364]

[1365] (Delayed fluorescence compound)

[1366] In the present embodiment, the delayed fluorescent compound is not a phosphorescent metal complex. In the present embodiment, the delayed fluorescent compound is preferably not a metal complex.

[1367] In the present embodiment, the delayed fluorescence compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (H1).

[1368]

Chemical formula 154

[1369]

[1370] (In the above general formula (H1),

[1371] A H is a group having at least one partial structure selected from the following general formulae (a-1), (a-2), (a-3), (a-4), (a-5), (a-6), (a-7) and (a-8),

[1372] D H is a group represented by the following general formula (221), (222) or (223),

[1373] L H for

[1374] single bond,

[1375] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1376] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1377] m is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, multiple A H Same or different from each other,

[1378] n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, multiple D H Same as or different from each other.)

[1379]

Chemical formula 155

[1380]

[1381] (In the above general formulae (a-1) to (a-8), * each independently represents a bonding position to other atoms in the molecule of the above delayed fluorescence compound.)

[1382]

Chemical formula 156

[1383]

[1384]

Chemical formula 157

[1385]

[1386]

Chemical formula 158

[1387]

[1388] (In the above general formula (221), R 21 ~R 28 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1389] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1390] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1391] Not bonded to each other,

[1392] In the above general formula (222), R 221 ~R 228 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1393] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1394] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1395] Not bonded to each other,

[1396] In the above general formula (223), R 231 ~R 238 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1397] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1398] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1399] Not bonded to each other,

[1400] In the above general formula (221), R does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring. 21 ~R 28 , R in the general formula (222) does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 221 ~R 228 , and R in the above general formula (223) does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 231 ~R 238 Each independently

[1401] Hydrogen atoms,

[1402] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1403] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1404] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1405] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1406] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1407] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1408] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1409] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1410] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1411] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1412] -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown,

[1413] -COOR 909 The groups shown,

[1414] Halogen atoms,

[1415] Cyano,

[1416] Nitro,

[1417] -P(=O)(R 931 )(R 932 ) shown in the group,

[1418] -Ge(R 933 )(R 934 )(R 935 ) shown in the group,

[1419] -B(R 936 )(R 937 ) shown in the group,

[1420] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1421] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1422] In the above general formula (222) and the above general formula (223),

[1423] Ring A, Ring B and Ring C are each independently a ring structure selected from any one of the ring structures represented by the following general formula (224) and general formula (225),

[1424] Ring A, ring B and ring C are fused with adjacent rings at any position,

[1425] p, px and py are each independently 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1426] When p is 2, 3 or 4, the plurality of rings A are identical to or different from each other.

[1427] When px is 2, 3 or 4, the plurality of rings B are identical to or different from each other.

[1428] When py is 2, 3 or 4, the plurality of ring Cs are identical or different from each other,

[1429] In the above general formulae (221) to (223), * represents H The bonding position of .

[1430]

Chemical formula 159

[1431]

[1432] (In the above general formula (224),

[1433] r is 0, 2, or 4,

[1434] By multiple R 29 Group

[1435] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1436] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1437] Not bonded to each other,

[1438] In the above general formula (225), X A is a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or a C(R 291 )(R 292 ),

[1439] By R 291 and R 292 Group

[1440] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1441] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1442] Not bonded to each other,

[1443] R does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 29 , R 291 and R 292 Each independently

[1444] Hydrogen atoms,

[1445] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1446] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1447] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1448] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1449] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1450] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1451] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1452] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1453] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1454] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1455] -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown,

[1456] -COOR 909 The groups shown,

[1457] Halogen atoms,

[1458] Cyano,

[1459] Nitro,

[1460] -P(=O)(R 931 )(R 932 ) shown in the group,

[1461] -Ge(R 933 )(R 934 )(R 935 ) shown in the group,

[1462] -B(R936 )(R 937 ) shown in the group,

[1463] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1464] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1465] Multiple R 29 Same or different from each other,

[1466] Multiple R 291 Same or different from each other,

[1467] Multiple R 292 Same or different from each other,

[1468] Multiple X A Same as or different from each other.)

[1469] (In the above delayed fluorescence compound, R 901 , R 902 , R 903 , R 904 , R 905 , R 906 , R 907 , R 908 , R 909 , R 931 , R 932 , R 933 , R 934 , R 935 , R 936 and R 937 Each independently

[1470] Hydrogen atoms,

[1471] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1472] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1473] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1474] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1475] In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[1476] In R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[1477] In R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other,

[1478] In R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other,

[1479] In R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[1480] In R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[1481] In R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other,

[1482] In R 908 If there are multiple R 908 Same or different from each other,

[1483] In R 909 If there are multiple R 909 Same or different from each other,

[1484] In R 931 If there are multiple R 931 Same or different from each other,

[1485] In R 932 If there are multiple R 932 Same or different from each other,

[1486] In R 933 If there are multiple R 933 Same or different from each other,

[1487] In R 934 If there are multiple R 934 Same or different from each other,

[1488] In R 935 If there are multiple R 935 Same or different from each other,

[1489] In R 936 If there are multiple R 936 Same or different from each other,

[1490] In R 937 If there are multiple R 937Same as or different from each other.)

[1491] In the present embodiment, the delayed fluorescence compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (H10).

[1492]

Chemical formula 160

[1493]

[1494] (In the above general formula (H10),

[1495] CN is cyano,

[1496] L H is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,

[1497] D 11 and D 12 are each independently a group represented by the above general formula (221), (222) or (223),

[1498] m is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,

[1499] nx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1500] ny is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1501] nx+ny is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,

[1502] D 11 and D 12 Same or different from each other,

[1503] Multiple D 11 Same or different from each other,

[1504] Multiple D 12 Same as or different from each other.)

[1505] In the present embodiment, the delayed fluorescence compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (H100).

[1506]

Chemical formula 161

[1507]

[1508] (In the above general formula (H100), L H , D 11 , D 12 , m, nx and ny are respectively the same as L in the above general formula (H10) H , D 11 , D 12 , m, nx and ny have the same meaning.

[1509] R is independently

[1510] Hydrogen atoms,

[1511] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1512] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1513] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1514] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1515] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1516] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1517] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1518] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1519] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1520] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1521] -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown,

[1522] -COOR 909 The groups shown,

[1523] Cyano,

[1524] Nitro,

[1525] -P(=O)(R 931 )(R 932 ) shown in the group,

[1526] -Ge(R 933 )(R 934 )(R 935 ) shown in the group,

[1527] -B(R 936 )(R 937 ) shown in the group,

[1528] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1529] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1530] wherein at least one R is a substituent, and the at least one substituent R is bonded to L of the compound represented by the general formula (H100) via a carbon-carbon bond. H Bonding,

[1531] k is an integer greater than 1,

[1532] A plurality of R's may be the same or different from each other.)

[1533] In the present embodiment, the delayed fluorescence compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (H101).

[1534]

Chemical formula 162

[1535]

[1536] (In the above general formula (H101),

[1537] D 11 and D 12 and D in the above general formula (H10) 11 and D 12 The same meaning,

[1538] R each independently has the same meaning as R in the above general formula (H100),

[1539] m is 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1540] nx is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[1541] ny is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[1542] k is 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1543] nx+ny is 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1544] m+nx+ny+k=6. )

[1545] In the present embodiment, the delayed fluorescence compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (H110), (H120) or (H130).

[1546]

Chemical formula 163

[1547]

[1548] (In the above general formulae (H110), (H120) and (H130),

[1549] D 11 and D12 and D in the above general formula (H10) 11 and D 12 The same meaning,

[1550] R is independently the same as R in the above general formula (H1 00),

[1551] nx is 0, 1, 2, or 3,

[1552] ny is 0, 1, 2, or 3,

[1553] k is 1, 2 or 3,

[1554] nx+ny is 1, 2 or 3,

[1555] nx+ny+k=4. )

[1556] In this embodiment, the group represented by the above general formula (222) in the delayed fluorescence compound is preferably any one group selected from the groups represented by the following general formulas (22A), (22B), (22C), (22D), (22E) and (22F).

[1557]

Chemical formula 164

[1558]

[1559]

Chemical formula 165

[1560]

[1561]

Chemical formula 166

[1562]

[1563]

Chemical formula 167

[1564]

[1565]

Chemical formula 168

[1566]

[1567]

Chemical formula 169

[1568]

[1569] (In the above general formulae (22A), (22B), (22C), (22D), (22E) and (22F),

[1570] R 221 ~R 228 respectively with R in the above general formula (222) 221 ~R228 The same meaning,

[1571] R 229 and R 230 Each independently represents R in the above general formula (224) 29 The same meaning,

[1572] X A and X in the above general formula (225) A The same meaning,

[1573] In the above general formulae (22A), (22B), (22C), (22D), (22E) and (22F), * represents a bonding position.)

[1574] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, when the delayed fluorescence compound is a compound represented by the general formula (H101), * in the general formulas (22A), (22B), (22C), (22D), (22E) and (22F) is bonded to the benzene ring itself clearly depicted in the general formula (H101).

[1575] In the delayed fluorescence compound of this embodiment, it is also preferred that X A is a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom.

[1576] In the delayed fluorescence compound of this embodiment, X A C(R 291 )(R 292 ), preferably, R 291 and R 292 Each is independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1577] In the delayed fluorescence compound of this embodiment, it is also preferred that R 21 ~R 28 Any adjacent groups of two or more thereof are not bonded to each other.

[1578] In the delayed fluorescence compound of this embodiment, it is also preferred that R 221 ~R 228 Any adjacent groups of two or more thereof are not bonded to each other.

[1579] In the delayed fluorescence compound of this embodiment, it is also preferred that R 231 ~R238 Any adjacent groups of two or more thereof are not bonded to each other.

[1580] In the delayed fluorescence compound of the present embodiment, R is preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms.

[1581] In the delayed fluorescence compound of the present embodiment, R is preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[1582] In the delayed fluorescence compound of this embodiment, R 21 ~R 28 , R 221 ~R 228 , R 231 ~R 238 and R 29 Each independently is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms.

[1583] In the delayed fluorescence compound of this embodiment, R 21 ~R 28 , R 221 ~R 228 , R 231 ~R 238 , and R 29 Each independently is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[1584] Preferably, R in the delayed fluorescence compound of the present embodiment is independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms.

[1585] In the delayed fluorescence compound of this embodiment, R 21 ~R 28 , R 221 ~R 228 , R 231 ~R 238 , and R 29Each is independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms.

[1586] Preferably, R in the delayed fluorescence compound of the present embodiment is independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[1587] In the delayed fluorescence compound of this embodiment, R 21 ~R 28 , R 221 ~R 228 , R 231 ~R 238 , and R 29 Each is independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[1588] In the compound according to the present embodiment, it is preferred that the substituent group when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" is

[1589] unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 25 carbon atoms,

[1590] unsubstituted alkenyl having 2 to 25 carbon atoms,

[1591] unsubstituted alkynyl having 2 to 25 carbon atoms,

[1592] unsubstituted cycloalkyl having 3 to 25 ring carbon atoms,

[1593] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1594] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1595] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1596] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1597] unsubstituted aralkyl having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1598] -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown,

[1599] -COOR 909 The groups shown,

[1600] -P(=O)(R 931 )(R 932 ) shown in the group,

[1601] -Ge(R 933 )(R 934 )(R 935 ) shown in the group,

[1602] -B(R 936 )(R 937 ) shown in the group,

[1603] -S(=O)2R 938 The groups shown,

[1604] Halogen atoms,

[1605] Cyano,

[1606] Nitro,

[1607] unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 25 ring carbon atoms, or

[1608] an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 25 ring atoms,

[1609] R 901 ~R 909 , and R 931 ~R 938 Each independently

[1610] Hydrogen atoms,

[1611] unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 25 carbon atoms,

[1612] unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 25 ring carbon atoms, or

[1613] An unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 25 ring atoms.

[1614] In the compound involved in this embodiment, when it is expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted", the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 25 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 25 ring atoms.

[1615] In the compound according to this embodiment, when the term "substituted or unsubstituted" is used, the substituent is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 12 ring atoms.

[1616] In the compound according to the present embodiment, it is also preferred that all groups described as “substituted or unsubstituted” are “unsubstituted” groups.

[1617] In this specification, -O-(R 904 ) is shown in R 904 In the case of a hydrogen atom, it is a hydroxyl group.

[1618] In this specification, -S-(R 905 ) is shown in R 905 When it is a hydrogen atom, it is a mercapto group.

[1619] In this specification, -P(=O)(R 931 )(R 932 ) is shown in R 931 and R 932 When it is a substituent, it is a substituted phosphine oxide group.

[1620] In this specification, -Ge(R 933 )(R 934 )(R 935 ) is shown in R 933 , R 934 and R 935 When it is a substituent, it is a substituted germanium group.

[1621] In this specification, -B(R 936 )(R 937 ) is shown in R 936 and R 937 When it is a substituent, it is a substituted boryl group.

[1622] (Thermal activated delayed fluorescence)

[1623] In this specification, thermally activated delayed fluorescence may be referred to as delayed fluorescence.

[1624] Delayed fluorescence is explained in "Device Properties of Organic Semiconductors" (edited by Chiba Ya Adachi, published by Kodansha) pages 261 to 268. This document explains that if the energy difference ΔE between the excited singlet state and the excited triplet state of the fluorescent material can be reduced, 13, then the reverse energy transfer from the excited triplet state with a low transition probability to the excited singlet state usually occurs efficiently, showing thermally activated delayed fluorescence (TADF). In addition, Figure 10.38 in the document explains the mechanism of delayed fluorescence. The TADF mechanism (mechanism) is a mechanism that utilizes the phenomenon that reverse intersystem crossing from triplet excitons to singlet excitons occurs under the action of heat when using a material with a small energy difference (ΔST) between the singlet energy level and the triplet energy level. As compounds that exhibit thermally activated delayed fluorescence (TADF properties) (hereinafter also referred to as TADF properties compounds), for example, compounds having donor sites and acceptor sites bonded in the molecule are known.

[1625] Generally, delayed fluorescence emission can be confirmed by transient PL (Photoluminescence) measurement.

[1626] The behavior of delayed fluorescence can also be analyzed based on the decay curve obtained by transient PL measurement. Transient PL measurement refers to a method of irradiating a sample with a pulsed laser to excite it and measuring the decay behavior (transition characteristics) of the PL light emission after the irradiation stops. The PL light emission in TADF compounds is classified into a light emission component derived from a singlet exciton generated by the initial PL excitation and a light emission component derived from a singlet exciton generated via a triplet exciton. The lifetime of the singlet exciton generated by the initial PL excitation is in the nanosecond range, which is very short. Therefore, the light emission from the singlet exciton decays rapidly after irradiation with the pulsed laser.

[1627] On the other hand, delayed fluorescence is derived from the emission of singlet excitons generated via triplet excitons with a long lifetime, so it decays slowly. Thus, there is a huge time difference between the emission from singlet excitons generated by the initial PL excitation and the emission from singlet excitons generated via triplet excitons. Therefore, the emission intensity derived from delayed fluorescence can be obtained.

[1628] Figure 2 A schematic diagram of an exemplary apparatus for measuring transient PL is shown. Figure 2 An example of the transient PL measurement method and delayed fluorescence behavior analysis is described.

[1629] Figure 2 The transient PL measurement device 100 includes: a pulse laser unit 101 that can irradiate light of a predetermined wavelength, a sample chamber 102 that accommodates a measurement sample, a spectrometer 103 that separates the light emitted from the measurement sample, a streak camera 104 that forms a two-dimensional image, and a personal computer 105 that reads the two-dimensional image and analyzes it. It should be noted that the measurement of transient PL is not limited to Figure 2 Recording device.

[1630] The sample accommodated in the sample chamber 102 can be obtained by forming a thin film obtained by doping a host material with a dopant material at a concentration of 12% by mass on a quartz substrate.

[1631] The thin film sample contained in the sample chamber 102 is irradiated with a pulse laser from the pulse laser unit 101 to excite the doping material. The luminescence is extracted in a direction 90 degrees relative to the irradiation direction of the excitation light, and the extracted light is split by the spectrometer 103, and a two-dimensional image is formed in the streak camera 104. As a result, a two-dimensional image can be obtained in which the vertical axis corresponds to time, the horizontal axis corresponds to wavelength, and the bright spot corresponds to the luminescence intensity. If the two-dimensional image is cut along a specified time axis, a luminescence spectrum can be obtained in which the vertical axis is the luminescence intensity and the horizontal axis is the wavelength. In addition, if the two-dimensional image is cut along the wavelength axis, an attenuation curve (transient PL) can be obtained in which the vertical axis is the logarithm of the luminescence intensity and the horizontal axis is time.

[1632] For example, using the following compound HX1 as a host material and the following compound DX1 as a dopant material, a thin film sample A was prepared as described above, and transient PL measurement was performed.

[1633]

Chemical formula 170

[1634]

[1635] Here, the attenuation curves were analyzed using the above-mentioned thin film sample A and thin film sample B. For thin film sample B, the following compound HX2 was used as a host material, and the above-mentioned compound DX1 was used as a dopant material, and the thin film sample was produced as described above.

[1636] Figure 3 The decay curves obtained by measuring transient PL of the film sample A and the film sample B are shown.

[1637]

Chemical Formula 171

[1638]

[1639] As described above, by transient PL measurement, a luminescence decay curve can be obtained with the luminescence intensity as the vertical axis and the time as the horizontal axis. Based on the luminescence decay curve, the fluorescence intensity ratio of the fluorescence emitted by the singlet excited state generated by light excitation and the delayed fluorescence emitted by the singlet excited state generated by reverse energy transfer via the triplet excited state can be estimated. In delayed fluorescence materials, the ratio of the intensity of the slowly decaying delayed fluorescence to the intensity of the rapidly decaying fluorescence is relatively large.

[1640] Specifically, as luminescence from delayed fluorescent materials, there are prompt luminescence and delay luminescence. Prompt luminescence refers to luminescence observed immediately from the excited state after being excited by pulsed light (light irradiated by pulsed laser) of a wavelength absorbed by the delayed fluorescent material. Delay luminescence refers to luminescence that is not observed immediately after excitation by the pulsed light but is observed later.

[1641] The amount of prompt luminescence and delay luminescence and their ratio can be calculated by the same method as the method described in "Nature 492, 234-238, 2012" (reference 1). It should be noted that the device used to calculate the amount of prompt luminescence and delay luminescence is not limited to the device described in the above reference 1, or Figure 2 Recording device.

[1642] In addition, the delayed fluorescence of the delayed fluorescence compound involved in the present embodiment is measured using a sample prepared by the following method. For example, the delayed fluorescence compound involved in the present embodiment is dissolved in toluene, and a dilute solution having an absorbance of 0.05 or less at the excitation wavelength is prepared to remove the contribution of self-absorption. In addition, in order to prevent extinction due to oxygen, the sample solution is frozen and degassed, and then sealed in a colorimetric cell with a cover under an argon atmosphere, thereby preparing an oxygen-free sample solution saturated with argon.

[1643] The fluorescence spectrum of the sample solution was measured using a spectrofluorometer FP-8600 (manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the fluorescence spectrum of the ethanol solution of 9,10-diphenylanthracene was measured under the same conditions. The total fluorescence quantum yield was calculated using the formula (1) in Morris et al. J. Phys. Chem. 80 (1976) 969 using the fluorescence area intensity of the two spectra.

[1644] In this embodiment, the amount of prompt luminescence (immediate luminescence) of the measurement target compound is set to X. P , set the amount of Delay light emission to X D When X D / X P The value of is preferably 0.05 or more.

[1645] The measurement of the amounts of Prompt luminescence and Delay luminescence and their ratio of compounds other than the delayed fluorescent compound in this specification is the same as the measurement of the amounts of Prompt luminescence and Delay luminescence and their ratio of the delayed fluorescent compound according to this embodiment.

[1646] (ΔST)

[1647] In this embodiment, the lowest excited singlet energy S1 and the energy gap T at 77 [K] are 77K The difference (S1-T 77K ) is defined as ΔST.

[1648] In this embodiment, the lowest excited singlet energy S1(GT2) of the delayed fluorescent compound and the energy gap T at 77[K] of the delayed fluorescent compound are 77K The difference ΔST(GT2) between (GT2) and (GT2) is preferably less than 0.5 eV, more preferably less than 0.3 eV, further preferably less than 0.2 eV, further preferably less than 0.1 eV, further preferably less than 0.05 eV, and further preferably less than 0.01 eV. That is, ΔST(GT2) preferably satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 2), (Mathematical Formula 2A), (Mathematical Formula 2B), (Mathematical Formula 2C), (Mathematical Formula 2D), or (Mathematical Formula 2E).

[1649] ΔST(GT2)=S1(GT2)-T 77K (GT2)<0.5eV...(Formula 2)

[1650] ΔST(GT2)=S1(GT2)-T 77K (GT2)<0.3eV...(Formula 2A)

[1651] ΔST(GT2)=S1(GT2)-T 77K (GT2)<0.2eV...(Formula 2B)

[1652] ΔST(GT2)=S1(GT2)-T 77K (GT2)<0.1eV...(Mathematical formula 2C)

[1653] ΔST(GT2)=S1(GT2)-T 77K (GT2)<0.05eV...(Mathematical formula 2D)

[1654] ΔST(GT2)=S1(GT2)-T 77K (GT2)<0.01eV...(Mathematical formula 2E)

[1655] (Relationship between triplet energy and energy gap at 77[K])

[1656] Here, the relationship between the triplet energy and the energy gap at 77 [K] is described. In the present embodiment, the energy gap at 77 [K] is different from the triplet energy generally defined.

[1657] The triplet energy is measured as follows. First, the compound to be measured is dissolved in an appropriate solvent to obtain a solution, and the solution is sealed in a quartz glass tube to prepare a sample. For this sample, the phosphorescence spectrum is measured at a low temperature (77 [K]) (the vertical axis is set to the phosphorescence intensity, and the horizontal axis is set to the wavelength), and a tangent is drawn for the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum. Based on the wavelength value of the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis, the triplet energy is calculated by a prescribed conversion formula.

[1658] Here, the compound of thermally activated delayed fluorescence among the compounds involved in the present embodiment is preferably a compound with a small ΔST. If ΔST is small, intersystem crossing and reverse intersystem crossing are likely to occur even at low temperature (77 [K]), and the excited singlet state and the excited triplet state coexist. As a result, the spectrum obtained by measuring in the same way as above includes luminescence from both the excited singlet state and the excited triplet state. Although it is difficult to distinguish which state the light is emitted from, it is considered that the value of the triplet energy is basically decisive.

[1659] Therefore, in this embodiment, although the measurement method is the same as the normal triplet energy T, in order to distinguish the difference in a strict sense, the value measured as follows is referred to as the energy gap T 77K The compound to be measured was dissolved in EPA (diethyl ether: isopentane: ethanol = 5:5:2 (volume ratio)) to a concentration of 10 μmol / L to obtain a solution, which was added to a quartz colorimetric cell as a measurement sample. For this measurement sample, the phosphorescence spectrum (the vertical axis is set to phosphorescence emission intensity and the horizontal axis is set to wavelength) was measured at a low temperature (77 [K]), and the wavelength value λλ based on the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis was taken as the tangent line on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum. edge [nm], the energy gap T calculated by the following conversion formula (F1) is set to 77 [K] 77K .

[1660] Conversion formula (F1): T 77K [eV] = 1239.85 / λ edge

[1661] The tangent line for the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving on the spectrum curve from the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side among the maximum values ​​of the spectrum, the tangent line at each point on the curve is considered toward the long wavelength side. The slope of the tangent line increases as the curve rises (i.e., as the vertical axis increases). The tangent line drawn at the point where the slope value takes the maximum value (i.e., the tangent line at the inflection point) is used as the tangent line for the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.

[1662] It should be noted that the maximum point with a peak intensity of less than 15% of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not included in the above-mentioned maximum value on the shortest wavelength side, and the tangent drawn at the point where the slope value is the maximum value that is closest to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side is used as the tangent of the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.

[1663] Phosphorescence can be measured using a spectrofluorophotometer model F-4500 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd. The measuring device is not limited thereto, and the measurement can be performed by combining a cooling device, a low-temperature container, an excitation light source, and a light receiving device.

[1664] (Lowest excited singlet state energy S1)

[1665] As a method for measuring the lowest excited singlet energy S1 using a solution (sometimes referred to as a solution method), the following method can be mentioned.

[1666] A 10 μmol / L toluene solution of the compound to be measured was prepared and added to a quartz colorimetric cell, and the absorption spectrum of the sample was measured at room temperature (300 K) (the vertical axis was set as the absorption intensity, and the horizontal axis was set as the wavelength). For the downward tangent on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum, the wavelength value λedge [nm] of the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis was substituted into the conversion formula (F2) shown below to calculate the minimum excited singlet energy.

[1667] Conversion formula (F2): S1[eV]=1239.85 / λedge

[1668] As an absorption spectrum measuring device, for example, a spectrophotometer manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. (device name: U3310) can be cited, but the device is not limited thereto.

[1669] The tangent line for the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving along the long wavelength direction on the spectrum curve from the maximum value on the longest wavelength side among the maximum values ​​of the absorption spectrum, the tangent line at each point on the curve is considered. As the curve falls (that is, as the value of the vertical axis decreases), the slope of the tangent line repeatedly decreases and then increases. The tangent line drawn at the point where the slope value is the minimum on the longest wavelength side (excluding the case where the absorbance is less than 0.1) is used as the tangent line for the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum.

[1670] It should be noted that a maximum point where the absorbance value is 0.2 or less is not included in the above-mentioned maximum value on the longest wavelength side.

[1671] (Method for producing delayed fluorescence compound)

[1672] The delayed fluorescent compound can be produced by a known method. Alternatively, the delayed fluorescent compound can be produced by following a known method by using a known substitution reaction and raw materials corresponding to the target substance.

[1673] (Specific examples of delayed fluorescence compounds)

[1674] Specific examples of the delayed fluorescence compound include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[1675]

Chemical formula 172

[1676]

[1677]

Chemical formula 173

[1678]

[1679]

Chemical formula 174

[1680]

[1681]

Chemical formula 175

[1682]

[1683]

Chemical formula 176

[1684]

[1685]

Chemical formula 177

[1686]

[1687] [Fluorescent materials]

[1688] In this embodiment, the fluorescent material is preferably a compound that does not exhibit thermally activated delayed fluorescence. In this embodiment, the fluorescent material is not a phosphorescent metal complex. In this embodiment, the fluorescent material is preferably not a metal complex.

[1689] In this embodiment, the fluorescent material is one or more compounds selected from the third compound represented by the following general formula (41).

[1690]

Chemical formula 178

[1691]

[1692] (In the above general formula (41),

[1693] Ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently

[1694] A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1695] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1696] L 401 and L 402 Each independently is O, S, Se, NR 40 , C(R 41 )(R 42 ) or Si(R 43 )(R 44 ),

[1697] L 403 is B, P, or P=O,

[1698] R 40 ~R 44 Independently

[1699] Bonded to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1700] Bonded to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1701] Not bonded to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring and c ring,

[1702] R 41 With R 42

[1703] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1704] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1705] Not bonded to each other,

[1706] R 43 With R 44

[1707] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1708] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1709] Not bonded to each other,

[1710] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 40 ~R 44 Each independently

[1711] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1712] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1713] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1714] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1715] -CR 45 = iminyl represented by N,

[1716] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1717] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1718] R 45 for

[1719] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms,

[1720] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 60 ring atoms,

[1721] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or

[1722] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms,

[1723] In R 40 If there are multiple R 40 Same or different from each other,

[1724] In R 41 If there are multiple R 41 Same or different from each other,

[1725] In R 42 If there are multiple R 42 Same or different from each other,

[1726] In R 43 If there are multiple R 43 Same or different from each other,

[1727] In R 44 If there are multiple R 44 Same or different from each other,

[1728] In R 45 If there are multiple R 45 The same or different from each other.)

[1729] In this embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (41) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (410).

[1730]

Chemical formula 179

[1731]

[1732] (In the above general formula (410),

[1733] Ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently

[1734] A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1735] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1736] R 401 and R 402 Independently

[1737] Bonded to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1738] Bonded to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1739] Not bonded to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring and c ring,

[1740] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently

[1741] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1742] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1743] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1744] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1745] -CR 45 = iminyl represented by N,

[1746] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1747] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1748] In the present embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (41) is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulae (41-1) to (41-6).

[1749]

Chemical formula 180

[1750]

[1751]

Chemical formula 181

[1752]

[1753]

Chemical formula 182

[1754]

[1755] (In the above general formula (41-1),

[1756] Xa is O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 ,

[1757] Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 424 The group, composed of R 424 ~R 427 A group of two or more adjacent 427 With R 412 The group and R 412 With R 411 One or more of the groups consisting of groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1758] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1759] Not bonded to each other,

[1760] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently

[1761] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1762] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1763] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1764] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1765] -CR 45 = iminyl represented by N,

[1766] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1767] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1768] R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 411 , R 412 and R 421 ~R 427 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X ,

[1769] The substituent R X Each independently

[1770] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1771] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1772] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1773] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1774] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1775] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1776] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1777] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1778] Halogen atoms,

[1779] Cyano,

[1780] Nitro,

[1781] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1782] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1783] R 901 ~R 907 Each independently

[1784] Hydrogen atoms,

[1785] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1786] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1787] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1788] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1789] In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, in R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, in R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, in R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, in R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, in R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other, in R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same as or different from each other.)

[1790] (In the above general formula (41-2),

[1791] Xa is O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 ,

[1792] Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 424 The group, composed of R 424 ~R 427 A group of two or more adjacent 413 With R 414 The group and R414 With R 401 One or more of the groups consisting of groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1793] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1794] Not bonded to each other,

[1795] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently

[1796] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1797] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1798] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1799] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1800] -CR 45 = iminyl represented by N,

[1801] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1802] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1803] R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 413 , R 414 and R 421 ~R 427 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X The same meaning,

[1804] In R 403 If there are multiple R 403 Same or different from each other,

[1805] In R 404 If there are multiple R 404 Same or different from each other,

[1806] In R 405 If there are multiple R 405The same or different from each other.)

[1807] (In the above general formula (41-3),

[1808] Xa and Xb are each independently O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 ,

[1809] Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 415 With R 416 Group, R 416 With R 412 The group and R 412 With R 411 One or more groups in the group consisting of

[1810] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1811] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1812] Not bonded to each other,

[1813] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently

[1814] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1815] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1816] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1817] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1818] -CR 45 = iminyl represented by N,

[1819] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1820] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1821] R 403 ~R 405, and R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 411 , R 412 , R 415 , R 416 and R 421 ~R 423 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X The same meaning,

[1822] In R 403 If there are multiple R 403 Same or different from each other,

[1823] In R 404 If there are multiple R 404 Same or different from each other,

[1824] In R 405 If there are multiple R 405 The same or different from each other.)

[1825] (In the above general formula (41-4),

[1826] Xa and Xb are each independently O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 ,

[1827] Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 418 Group, R 418 With R 417 The group and R 412 With R 411 One or more groups in the group consisting of

[1828] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1829] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1830] Not bonded to each other,

[1831] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R402 Each independently

[1832] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1833] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1834] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1835] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1836] -CR 45 = iminyl represented by N,

[1837] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1838] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1839] R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 411 , R 412 , R 417 , R 418 and R 421 ~R 423 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X The same meaning,

[1840] In R 403 If there are multiple R 403 Same or different from each other,

[1841] In R 404 If there are multiple R 404 Same or different from each other,

[1842] In R 405 If there are multiple R 405 The same or different from each other.)

[1843] (In the above general formula (41-5),

[1844] Xa and Xb are each independently O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 ,

[1845] Selected from R401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 418 Group, R 418 With R 417 Group, R 413 With R 414 The group and R 414 With R 401 One or more groups in the group consisting of

[1846] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1847] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1848] Not bonded to each other,

[1849] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently

[1850] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1851] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1852] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1853] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1854] -CR 45 = iminyl represented by N,

[1855] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1856] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1857] R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 413 , R 414 , R 417 , R 418 and R 421 ~R 423 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent RX The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X The same meaning,

[1858] In R 403 If there are multiple R 403 Same or different from each other,

[1859] In R 404 If there are multiple R 404 Same or different from each other,

[1860] In R 405 If there are multiple R 405 The same or different from each other.)

[1861] (In the above general formula (41-6),

[1862] Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 424 The group, composed of R 424 ~R 427 A group of two or more adjacent 427 With R 428 The group, composed of R 428 ~R 431 A group of two or more adjacent groups and R 431 With R 401 One or more groups in the group consisting of

[1863] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1864] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1865] Not bonded to each other,

[1866] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently

[1867] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1868] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1869] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1870] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1871] -CR 45 = iminyl represented by N,

[1872] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1873] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1874] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 421 ~R 431 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X Same meaning.)

[1875] Among the compounds represented by the above general formulae (41-1) to (41-5), it is also preferred that R 412 With R 411 Group, R 413 With R 414 Group, R 415 With R 416 The group and R 417 With R 418 One or more of the groups consisting of the groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring.

[1876] In the present embodiment, it is also preferred that the compound represented by the general formula (41) is a compound represented by the following general formula (41-7).

[1877]

Chemical formula 183

[1878]

[1879] (In the above general formula (41-7),

[1880] Xa is O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 ,

[1881] Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R402 With R 424 The group, composed of R 424 ~R 427 A group of two or more adjacent groups and a group of R 437 ~R 440 One or more groups of two or more adjacent groups

[1882] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1883] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1884] Not bonded to each other,

[1885] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently

[1886] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1887] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1888] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1889] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1890] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1891] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1892] R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 421 ~R 427 and R 437 ~R 440 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X Same meaning.)

[1893] In this embodiment, R 401 and R 402 Each is independently preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and further preferably a group represented by the following general formula (42).

[1894]

Chemical formula 184

[1895]

[1896] (In the above general formula (42),

[1897] By R 432 ~R 436 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1898] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1899] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1900] Not bonded to each other,

[1901] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 432 ~R 436 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X The same meaning,

[1902] In the presence of multiple R 432 In the case of multiple R 432 Same or different from each other,

[1903] In the presence of multiple R 433 In the case of multiple R 433 Same or different from each other,

[1904] In the presence of multiple R 434 In the case of multiple R 434 Same or different from each other,

[1905] In the presence of multiple R 435 In the case of multiple R 435 Same or different from each other,

[1906] In the presence of multiple R 436 In the case of multiple R 436 Same or different from each other,

[1907] *Indicates bonding position. )

[1908] In the present embodiment, it is also preferred that the compound represented by the general formula (41) is a compound represented by the following general formula (42-1).

[1909]

Chemical formula 185

[1910]

[1911] (In the above general formula (42-1),

[1912] R 421 ~R 431 Respectively with R in the above general formula (41-6) 421 ~R 431 The same meaning,

[1913] By R 451 ~R 455 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1914] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1915] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1916] Not bonded to each other,

[1917] By R 456 ~R 460 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1918] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1919] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1920] Not bonded to each other,

[1921] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 451 ~R 455 and R 456 ~R 460 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X Same meaning.)

[1922] In the present embodiment, it is also preferred that the compound represented by the general formula (41) is a compound represented by the following general formula (42-2).

[1923]

Chemical formula 186

[1924]

[1925] (In the above general formula (42-2), R 422 , R 426 , R 429 , R 453and R 458 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X Same meaning.)

[1926] In the present embodiment, it is also preferred that the compound represented by the general formula (41) is a compound represented by the following general formula (42-3).

[1927]

Chemical formula 187

[1928]

[1929] (In the above general formula (42-3),

[1930] R 421 ~R 427 , R 437 ~R 440 and Xa are respectively 421 ~R 427 , R 437 ~R 440 Same meaning as Xa.

[1931] By R 451 ~R 455 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1932] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1933] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1934] Not bonded to each other,

[1935] By R 456 ~R 460 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent

[1936] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring,

[1937] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or

[1938] Not bonded to each other,

[1939] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 451 ~R 455 and R 456 ~R 460 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R XThe substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X Same meaning.)

[1940] In the present embodiment, it is also preferred that the compound represented by the general formula (41) is a compound represented by the following general formula (42-4).

[1941]

Chemical formula 188

[1942]

[1943] (In the above general formula (42-4), Xa has the same meaning as Xa in the above general formula (41-7), and R 422 , R 426 , R 439 , R 453 and R 458 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The substituent R in the above general formula (41-1) X Same meaning.)

[1944] In this embodiment, R in the third compound 422 , R 426 , R 429 , R 439 , R 453 and R 458 Each independently is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

[1945] In this embodiment, Xa and Xb in the third compound are each independently preferably O or S.

[1946] (Method for producing the compound represented by the general formula (41))

[1947] The compound represented by the general formula (41) can be produced by a known method. Alternatively, the compound represented by the general formula (41) can also be produced by following a known method using a known substitution reaction and raw materials corresponding to the target substance.

[1948] (Specific examples of compounds represented by the general formula (41))

[1949] As specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (41), for example, the following compounds can be given: In the following specific examples, Me represents a methyl group, tBu represents a tert-butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

[1950]

Chemical formula 189

[1951]

[1952]

Chemical formula 190

[1953]

[1954]

Chemical formula 191

[1955]

[1956]

Chemical formula 192

[1957]

[1958]

Chemical formula 193

[1959]

[1960]

Chemical formula 194

[1961]

[1962]

Chemical formula 195

[1963]

[1964]

Chemical formula 196

[1965]

[1966]

Chemical formula 197

[1967]

[1968]

Chemical formula 198

[1969]

[1970]

Chemical formula 199

[1971]

[1972]

Chemical Formula 200

[1973]

[1974]

Chemical Formula 201

[1975]

[1976]

Chemical Formula 202

[1977]

[1978]

Chemical Formula 203

[1979]

[1980]

Chemical formula 204

[1981]

[1982]

Chemical Formula 205

[1983]

[1984]

Chemical formula 206

[1985]

[1986]

Chemical formula 207

[1987]

[1988]

Chemical formula 208

[1989]

[1990]

Chemical formula 209

[1991]

[1992]

Chemical Formula 210

[1993]

[1994]

Chemical Formula 211

[1995]

[1996]

Chemical Formula 212

[1997]

[1998]

Chemical Formula 213

[1999]

[2000]

Chemical formula 214

[2001]

[2002]

Chemical Formula 215

[2003]

[2004]

Chemical Formula 216

[2005]

[2006]

Chemical Formula 217

[2007]

[2008]

Chemical formula 218

[2009]

[2010]

Chemical formula 219

[2011]

[2012]

Chemical Formula 220

[2013]

[2014]

Chemical Formula 221

[2015]

[2016]

Chemical Formula 222

[2017]

[2018]

Chemical Formula 223

[2019]

[2020]

Chemical formula 224

[2021]

[2022]

Chemical Formula 225

[2023]

[2024]

Chemical formula 226

[2025]

[2026]

Chemical formula 227

[2027]

[2028]

Chemical formula 228

[2029]

[2030]

Chemical formula 229

[2031]

[2032]

Chemical Formula 230

[2033]

[2034]

Chemical Formula 231

[2035]

[2036]

Chemical formula 232

[2037]

[2038]

Chemical formula 233

[2039]

[2040]

Chemical formula 234

[2041]

[2042]

Chemical formula 235

[2043]

[2044]

Chemical formula 236

[2045]

[2046]

Chemical formula 237

[2047]

[2048]

Chemical formula 238

[2049]

[2050]

Chemical formula 239

[2051]

[2052]

Chemical Formula 240

[2053]

[2054]

Chemical Formula 241

[2055]

[2056]

Chemical formula 242

[2057]

[2058]

Chemical formula 243

[2059]

[2060]

Chemical formula 244

[2061]

[2062]

Chemical Formula 245

[2063]

[2064]

Chemical formula 246

[2065]

[2066]

Chemical formula 247

[2067]

[2068]

Chemical formula 248

[2069]

[2070]

Chemical formula 249

[2071]

[2072] In one embodiment, the substituents in the above general formulae when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" are unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, unsubstituted alkenyl groups having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, unsubstituted alkynyl groups having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901a )(R 902a )(R 903a )、-O-(R 904a )、-S-(R 905a )、-N(R 906a )(R 907a ), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2073] R 901a ~R 907a are each independently a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2074] In R 901a When there are two or more, two or more R 901a Same or different from each other, in R 902a When there are two or more, two or more R 902a Same or different from each other, in R 903a When there are two or more, two or more R 903a Same or different from each other, in R904a When there are two or more, two or more R 904a Same or different from each other, in R 905a When there are two or more, two or more R 905a Same or different from each other, in R 906a When there are two or more, two or more R 906a Same or different from each other, in R 907a When there are two or more, two or more R 907a Same as or different from each other.

[2075] In one embodiment, the substituent represented by "substituted or unsubstituted" in the above general formulae is an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2076] In one embodiment, the substituent represented by "substituted or unsubstituted" in the above general formulae is an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[2077] (Maximum peak wavelength)

[2078] In this embodiment, the maximum peak wavelength of the third compound as the fluorescent material is preferably 480 nm or less, and more preferably 475 nm or less.

[2079] In the present embodiment, the maximum peak wavelength of the third compound as the fluorescent material is preferably 430 nm or longer, and more preferably 440 nm or longer.

[2080] In this specification, the maximum peak wavelength of fluorescent emission may be referred to as fluorescent emission maximum peak wavelength.

[2081] In the organic EL device of this embodiment, the first compound preferably emits blue light. In this specification, blue light emission refers to light emission having a maximum peak wavelength in a fluorescence spectrum within a range of 430 nm to 480 nm.

[2082] (Emission spectrum half-peak width)

[2083] In the present embodiment, the emission spectrum half maximum width FWHM of the third compound as the fluorescent material is preferably 40 nm or less, and more preferably 30 nm or less.

[2084] In the present embodiment, the emission spectrum half maximum width FWHM of the third compound as the fluorescent material is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.

[2085] FWHM is the abbreviation for full width at half maximum.

[2086] In this specification, the maximum peak wavelength of fluorescence emission refers to the wavelength at which the compound to be measured is 10 -6 mol / L and above 10 -5 The maximum peak wavelength of the fluorescence spectrum at which the luminescence intensity in the fluorescence spectrum measured by the toluene solution dissolved in a concentration of 1 mol / L or less reaches the maximum. The half-maximum width FWHM of the luminescence spectrum is the half-maximum full width in the maximum peak of the fluorescence spectrum. As a device for measuring the fluorescence spectrum, a fluorescence spectrometer can be used. For example, a fluorescence spectrometer manufactured by JASCO Corporation (device name: FP-8300) can be used. It should be noted that the fluorescence spectrometer is not limited to the device exemplified here.

[2087] (Stokes shift)

[2088] In this embodiment, the Stokes shift of the third compound as the fluorescent material is preferably 25 nm or less, and more preferably 20 nm or less.

[2089] In this embodiment, the Stokes shift of the third compound as the fluorescent material is preferably 5 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more.

[2090] When the Stokes shift of the third compound is 20 nm or less, the excitation energy can be reduced.

[2091] When the Stokes shift of the third compound is 10 nm or more, self-absorption can be suppressed and efficiency loss can be reduced.

[2092] The Stokes shift can be measured by the following method. The compound to be measured is subjected to 2.0×10 -5 mol / L concentration was dissolved in toluene to prepare a sample for measurement. The sample for measurement added to the quartz colorimetric cell was irradiated with continuous light in the ultraviolet-visible region at room temperature (300K) and the absorption spectrum was measured (vertical axis: absorbance, horizontal axis: wavelength). The absorption spectrum can be measured using a spectrophotometer, for example, the spectrophotometer U-3900 / 3900H of Hitachi High-Tech Sciences. In addition, the compound to be measured was concentrated at 4.9×10 -6mol / L concentration was dissolved in toluene to prepare a sample for measurement. The sample for measurement added to the quartz colorimetric cell was irradiated with excitation light at room temperature (300K) and the fluorescence spectrum was measured (vertical axis: fluorescence intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength). The fluorescence spectrum can be measured using a spectrophotometer, for example, the spectrofluorophotometer F-7000 of Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd. Based on these absorption spectra and fluorescence spectra, the difference between the absorption maximum wavelength and the fluorescence maximum wavelength is calculated to obtain the Stokes shift (SS). The unit of the Stokes shift SS is nm.

[2093] (Relationship between host material, sensitizing material, and fluorescent material in the light-emitting layer)

[2094] In one embodiment, the sensitizing material is the above-mentioned delayed fluorescent compound. In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer may contain a delayed fluorescent compound as a sensitizing material without containing a phosphorescent metal complex.

[2095] Figure 4 This is a diagram showing an example of the relationship between the energy levels of the host material (first compound) in the light-emitting layer, the delayed fluorescence compound (second compound) as a sensitizing material, and the fluorescent material (third compound). Figure 4 In the formula, S0 represents the ground state. S1(M1) represents the lowest excited singlet state of the host material, and T1(M1) represents the lowest excited triplet state of the host material. S1(M2) represents the lowest excited singlet state of the delayed fluorescent compound, and T1(M2) represents the lowest excited triplet state of the delayed fluorescent compound. S1(M3) represents the lowest excited singlet state of the fluorescent material, and T1(M3) represents the lowest excited triplet state of the fluorescent material. Figure 4 The dotted arrow from S1(M2) toward S1(M3) in represents the Forster-type energy transfer from the lowest excited singlet state of the delayed fluorescent compound to the lowest excited singlet state of the fluorescent material.

[2096] like Figure 4 As shown, if a compound with a small ΔST(M2) is used as a delayed fluorescence compound, the lowest excited triplet state T1(M2) can undergo reverse intersystem crossing to the lowest excited singlet state S1(M2) with the help of thermal energy. Then, Forster-type energy transfer occurs from the lowest excited singlet state S1(M2) of the delayed fluorescence compound to the fluorescent material, generating the lowest excited singlet state S1(M3). As a result, fluorescence emission from the lowest excited singlet state S1(M3) of the fluorescent material can be observed. It is believed that by utilizing delayed fluorescence based on the TADF mechanism, the internal quantum efficiency can theoretically be increased to 100%.

[2097] In one embodiment, it is also preferred that the lowest excitation singlet energy S1(GT2) of the delayed fluorescent compound and the lowest excitation singlet energy S1(D) of the fluorescent material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Math. 4).

[2098] S1(GT2)>S1(D)...(Formula 4)

[2099] In one embodiment, it is also preferable that the lowest excitation singlet energy S1(H1) of the host material and the lowest excitation singlet energy S1(GT2) of the delayed fluorescent compound satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 4A).

[2100] S1(H1)>S1(GT2)...(Formula 4A)

[2101] In one embodiment, it is also preferred that the lowest excited singlet energy S1 of the host material, the delayed fluorescent compound, and the fluorescent material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 4B).

[2102] S1(H1)>S1(GT2)>S1(D)...(Formula 4B)

[2103] In the present embodiment, the above-mentioned mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 1) when the sensitizing material is a delayed fluorescence compound is represented by the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 6).

[2104] T 77K (H1)>T 77K (GT2)...(Formula 6)

[2105] In one embodiment, it is also preferred that the energy gap T of the delayed fluorescent compound at 77 [K] 77K (GT2) and the energy gap T of the fluorescent material at 77[K] 77K (D) satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 6A).

[2106] T 77K (GT2)>T 77K (D)...(Mathematical Formula 6A)

[2107] In one embodiment, it is also preferred that the energy gap T of the host material, the delayed fluorescent compound, and the fluorescent material at 77 [K] is 77K The relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 6B) is satisfied.

[2108] T 77K (H1)>T 77K (GT2)>T 77K (D)...(Math 6B)

[2109] In one embodiment, the sensitizing material is a phosphorescent metal complex. In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer may contain a phosphorescent metal complex as a sensitizing material without containing a delayed fluorescent compound.

[2110] Figure 5 This is a diagram showing an example of the relationship between the energy levels of the host material (first compound) in the light-emitting layer, the phosphorescent metal complex (second compound) as a sensitizing material, and the fluorescent material (third compound). Figure 5 In the formula, S0 represents the ground state. S1(M1) represents the lowest excited singlet state of the host material, and T1(M1) represents the lowest excited triplet state of the host material. S1(M2) represents the lowest excited singlet state of the phosphorescent metal complex, and T1(M2) represents the lowest excited triplet state of the phosphorescent metal complex. S1(M3) represents the lowest excited singlet state of the fluorescent material, and T1(M3) represents the lowest excited triplet state of the fluorescent material. Figure 5 The dotted arrow from T1 (M2) toward S1 (M3) in represents the dipole energy transfer from the lowest excited triplet state of the phosphorescent metal complex to the lowest excited singlet state of the fluorescent material.

[2111] like Figure 5 As shown, if a phosphorescent metal complex is used as a sensitizing material, the lowest excited singlet state S1 (M2) of the phosphorescent metal complex can undergo intersystem crossing to the lowest excited triplet state T1 (M2) due to the spin-orbit interaction and the heavy atom effect. Then, a dipole energy transfer occurs from the lowest excited triplet state T1 (M2) of the phosphorescent metal complex to the fluorescent material, generating the lowest excited singlet state S1 (M3). As a result, fluorescent light emitting from the lowest excited singlet state S1 (M3) of the fluorescent material can be observed. It is believed that even by using this mechanism, the internal quantum efficiency can be theoretically increased to 100%.

[2112] In one embodiment, it is also preferred that the energy gap T of the phosphorescent metal complex at 77 [K] is 77K (GP2) and the lowest excited singlet energy S1(D) of the fluorescent material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 3).

[2113] T 77K (GP2)>S1(D)...(Formula 3)

[2114] In the present embodiment, when the sensitizing material is a phosphorescent metal complex, the above mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 1) is represented by the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 3A).

[2115] T77K (H1)>T 77K (GP2)...(Mathematical formula 3A)

[2116] In one embodiment, it is also preferred that the energy gap T between the host material and the phosphorescent metal complex at 77 [K] is 77K The lowest excited singlet energy S1(D) of the fluorescent material satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 3B).

[2117] T 77K (H1)>T 77K (GP2)>S1(D)...(Formula 3B)

[2118] The lowest excited singlet energy S1(D) of a fluorescent material and the energy gap T of the fluorescent material at 77[K] 77K (D) generally satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 3C).

[2119] S1(D)>T 77K (D)...(Mathematical Formula 3C)

[2120] In one embodiment, it is also preferred that the lowest excited singlet energy S1(H1) of the host material and the lowest excited singlet energy S1(GP2) of the phosphorescent metal complex satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 5).

[2121] S1(H1)>S1(GP2)...(Formula 5)

[2122] In one embodiment, it is also preferred that the lowest excited singlet energy S1(GP2) of the phosphorescent metal complex and the lowest excited singlet energy S1(D) of the fluorescent material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 5A).

[2123] S1(GP2)>S1(D)...(Mathematical formula 5A)

[2124] In one embodiment, it is also preferred that the lowest excited singlet energy S1 of the host material, the phosphorescent metal complex, and the fluorescent material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 5B).

[2125] S1(H1)>S1(GP2)>S1(D)...(Formula 5B)

[2126] When the organic EL element of this embodiment is made to emit light, it is preferred that the light emitting layer mainly emits light from the fluorescent compound.

[2127] The maximum peak wavelength of light emitted from the organic EL element is measured as follows.

[2128] A voltage is applied to the organic EL element so that the current density is 10 mA / cm 2 The spectral emission brightness spectrum at the time of irradiation was measured using a spectral emission brightness meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta).

[2129] In the obtained spectral emission brightness spectrum, the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum at which the emission intensity reaches the maximum is measured and is defined as the maximum peak wavelength (unit: nm).

[2130] (Content ratio of compound in light-emitting layer)

[2131] The content ratios of the host material (first compound), the sensitizing material (second compound), and the fluorescent material (third compound) contained in the light-emitting layer are preferably within the following ranges, for example.

[2132] The content of the host material (first compound) in the light-emitting layer is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more.

[2133] The content of the host material (first compound) in the light-emitting layer is preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 90% by mass or less.

[2134] When the sensitizing material (second compound) is a delayed fluorescent compound, the content of the delayed fluorescent compound in the light-emitting layer is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more.

[2135] The content of the delayed fluorescence compound in the light-emitting layer is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.

[2136] When the sensitizing material (second compound) is a phosphorescent metal complex, the content of the phosphorescent metal complex in the light-emitting layer is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.

[2137] The content of the phosphorescent metal complex in the light-emitting layer is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.

[2138] The content of the fluorescent material (third compound) in the light-emitting layer is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.

[2139] The content of the fluorescent material (third compound) in the light-emitting layer is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less.

[2140] The upper limit of the total content of the main material (first compound), the sensitizing material (second compound) and the fluorescent material (third compound) in the light-emitting layer is 100 mass %. It should be noted that the present embodiment does not exclude the inclusion of materials other than the main material, the sensitizing material and the fluorescent material in the light-emitting layer. In the present embodiment, the light-emitting layer may include only one main material or more than two.

[2141] (Thickness of the light-emitting layer)

[2142] The thickness of the light-emitting layer in the organic EL element of the present embodiment is preferably 5 nm or more and 50 nm or less, more preferably 7 nm or more and 50 nm or less, and further preferably 10 nm or more and 50 nm or less. If the thickness of the light-emitting layer is 5 nm or more, it is easy to form the light-emitting layer and adjust the chromaticity, and if the thickness of the light-emitting layer is 50 nm or less, the increase of the driving voltage is easily suppressed.

[2143] The structure of the organic EL element will be further described.

[2144] (Substrate)

[2145] The substrate is used as a support for the organic EL element. As the substrate, for example, glass, quartz, plastic, etc. can be used. In addition, a flexible substrate can be used. A flexible substrate refers to a (flexible) substrate that can be bent. For example, a plastic substrate can be mentioned. As the material forming the plastic substrate, for example, polycarbonate, polyarylate, polyether sulfone, polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinyl chloride, polyimide, polyethylene naphthalate, etc. can be mentioned. In addition, an inorganic vapor-deposited film can also be used.

[2146] (anode)

[2147] The anode formed on the substrate preferably uses a metal, alloy, conductive compound, and a mixture thereof with a large work function (specifically, 4.0 eV or more). Specifically, for example, indium oxide-tin oxide (ITO: IndiumTinOxide, indium tin oxide), indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, indium oxide-zinc oxide, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide, graphene, etc. In addition, gold (Au), platinum (Pt), nickel (Ni), tungsten (W), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), copper (Cu), palladium (Pd), titanium (Ti) or nitrides of metal materials (such as titanium nitride) can be cited.

[2148] These materials are usually formed into films by sputtering. For example, indium oxide-zinc oxide can be formed by sputtering using a target to which zinc oxide of 1 mass % or more and 10 mass % or less is added relative to indium oxide. In addition, for example, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide can be formed by sputtering using a target containing 0.5 mass % or more and 5 mass % or less of tungsten oxide and 0.1 mass % or more and 1 mass % or less of zinc oxide relative to indium oxide. In addition, it can also be produced by vacuum evaporation, coating, inkjet, spin coating, etc.

[2149] Among the EL layers formed on the anode, the hole injection layer formed in contact with the anode is formed using a composite material that can easily inject holes regardless of the work function of the anode. Therefore, materials that can be used as electrode materials (such as metals, alloys, conductive compounds and mixtures thereof, and also including elements belonging to the first or second group of the periodic table) can be used.

[2150] It is also possible to use elements belonging to the first or second group of the periodic table as materials with a small work function, i.e., alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), alkaline earth metals such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), and strontium (Sr), and alloys containing them (e.g., MgAg, AlLi), rare earth metals such as europium (Eu), ytterbium (Yb), and alloys containing them. It should be noted that when using alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and alloys containing them to form an anode, a vacuum evaporation method or a sputtering method can be used. In addition, when using silver paste, a coating method, an inkjet method, etc. can be used.

[2151] In the case where the organic EL element is a bottom-emitting type, the anode is preferably formed of a translucent or semi-translucent metal material that transmits light from the light-emitting layer. In this specification, translucent or semi-translucent means the property of transmitting 50% or more (preferably 80% or more) of the light emitted by the light-emitting layer. The translucent or semi-translucent metal material can be appropriately selected from the materials listed in the above-mentioned anode.

[2152] In the case where the organic EL element is a top emission type, the anode is a reflective electrode having a reflective layer. The reflective layer is preferably formed of a metal material having light reflectivity. In this specification, light reflectivity refers to the property of reflecting 50% or more (preferably 80% or more) of the light emitted by the light-emitting layer. The metal material having light reflectivity can be appropriately selected from the materials listed in the above-mentioned item of the anode.

[2153] The anode may be composed of a reflective layer alone or may be a multilayer structure having a reflective layer and a conductive layer (preferably a transparent conductive layer). In the case where the anode has a reflective layer and a conductive layer, the conductive layer is preferably disposed between the reflective layer and the hole transport region. The conductive layer may be appropriately selected from the materials listed in the above-mentioned anode.

[2154] (cathode)

[2155] The cathode preferably uses a metal, alloy, conductive compound, and mixtures thereof with a small work function (specifically, less than 3.8 eV). Specific examples of such cathode materials include elements belonging to the first or second group of the periodic table, i.e., alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), and alkaline earth metals such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), and strontium (Sr), and alloys thereof (e.g., MgAg, AlLi), and rare earth metals such as europium (Eu) and ytterbium (Yb), and alloys thereof.

[2156] It should be noted that when an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or an alloy thereof is used to form the cathode, a vacuum deposition method or a sputtering method may be used. In addition, when a silver paste or the like is used, a coating method or an inkjet method may be used.

[2157] It should be noted that, by providing an electron injection layer, a cathode can be formed using various conductive materials such as Al, Ag, ITO, graphene, indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, regardless of the size of the work function. These conductive materials can be formed into films using sputtering, inkjet, spin coating, etc.

[2158] When the organic EL element is a bottom emission type, the cathode is a reflective electrode. The reflective electrode is preferably formed of a metal material having light reflectivity. The metal material having light reflectivity can be appropriately selected and used from the materials listed in the above-mentioned cathode.

[2159] When the organic EL element is a top emission type, the cathode is preferably formed of a light-transmitting or semi-transmitting metal material that transmits light from the light-emitting layer. The light-transmitting or semi-transmitting metal material can be appropriately selected from the materials listed in the above-mentioned cathode.

[2160] The organic EL element according to this embodiment may be a bottom emission type organic EL element. Alternatively, the organic EL element according to this embodiment may be a top emission type organic EL element.

[2161] When the organic EL element is a bottom emission type, it is preferable that the anode is a light-transmitting electrode having light transparency, and the cathode is a light-reflecting electrode having light reflectivity.

[2162] When the organic EL element is a top emission type, it is preferable that the anode is a light reflective electrode having light reflectivity, and the cathode is a light transmissive electrode having light transmissivity.

[2163] (Capping layer)

[2164] When the organic EL element is a top emission type, the organic EL element generally includes a capping layer on the upper portion of the cathode.

[2165] The capping layer may contain, for example, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a polymer compound, a metal oxide, a metal fluoride, a metal boride, silicon nitride, and a silicon compound (such as silicon oxide).

[2166] In addition, the capping layer may contain at least one compound selected from, for example, aromatic amine derivatives, anthracene derivatives, pyrene derivatives, fluorene derivatives, or dibenzofuran derivatives.

[2167] In addition, a laminated body in which layers containing these substances are laminated can also be used as a capping layer.

[2168] (Hole Injection Layer)

[2169] The hole injection layer is a layer containing a substance with high hole injection properties. As substances with high hole injection properties, molybdenum oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, rhenium oxide, ruthenium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, silver oxide, tungsten oxide, manganese oxide, etc. can be used.

[2170] In addition, as a substance with high hole injection property, 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (abbreviation: TDATA), 4,4',4"-tris[N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviation: MTDATA), 4,4'-bis[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: DPAB), 4,4'-bis(N-{4-[N'-(3-methylphenyl)-N'-phenylamino]phenyl}-N-phenylamino)biphenyl (abbreviation: DNTPD), 1,3,5-tris[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]benzene (abbreviation: DPA3B), 3-[N-(9-phenylcarbazole-3-yl)-N-phenylamino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCA1), 3,6-bis[N-(9-phenylcarbazole-3-yl)-N-phenylamino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCA2), 3-[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-(9-phenylcarbazole-3-yl)amino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCN1) and other aromatic amine compounds.

[2171] In addition, as a substance with high hole injection properties, a polymer compound (oligomer, dendrimer, polymer, etc.) can also be used. For example, poly (N-vinyl carbazole) (abbreviated as: PVK), poly (4-vinyl triphenylamine) (abbreviated as: PVTPA), poly [N- (4-{N'-[4-(4-diphenylamino) phenyl] phenyl-N'-phenylamino} phenyl) methacrylamide] (abbreviated as: PTPDMA), poly [N, N'-bis (4-butylphenyl) -N, N'-bis (phenyl) benzidine] (abbreviated as: Poly-TPD) and other polymer compounds can be mentioned. In addition, polymer compounds with acid added, such as poly (3, 4-ethylenedioxythiophene) / poly (styrene sulfonic acid) (PEDOT / PSS), polyaniline / poly (styrene sulfonic acid) (PAni / PSS) can also be used.

[2172] (Hole Transport Layer)

[2173] The hole transport layer is a layer containing a substance with high hole transport properties. The hole transport layer can use aromatic amine compounds, carbazole derivatives, anthracene derivatives, etc. Specifically, 4,4'-bis[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviated as: NPB), N,N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine (abbreviated as: TPD), 4-phenyl-4'-(9-phenylfluorene-9-yl)triphenylamine (abbreviated as: BAFLP), 4,4'-bis[N-(9,9-dimethylfluorene-2-yl)-N -phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviated as DFLDPBi), 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (abbreviated as TDATA), 4,4',4"-tris[N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviated as MTDATA), 4,4'-bis[N-(spiro-9,9'-bifluorene-2-yl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviated as BSPB) and other aromatic amine compounds. The substances described here are mainly aromatic amine compounds with 10 -6 cm 2 / Vs or higher hole mobility.

[2174] Carbazole derivatives such as CBP, CzPA, and PCzPA, anthracene derivatives such as t-BuDNA, DNA, and DPAnth can also be used in the hole transport layer. Polymer compounds such as poly(N-vinylcarbazole) (abbreviated as PVK) and poly(4-vinyltriphenylamine) (abbreviated as PVTPA) can also be used.

[2175] It should be noted that any substance other than these may be used as long as it has a higher hole transport property than electrons. It should be noted that the layer containing a substance with a high hole transport property may be not only a single layer but also a layer in which two or more layers formed of the above substances are stacked.

[2176] (Electron Transport Layer)

[2177] The electron transport layer is a layer containing a substance with high electron transport properties. In the electron transport layer, 1) metal complexes such as aluminum complexes, beryllium complexes, and zinc complexes, 2) heteroaromatic compounds such as imidazole derivatives, benzimidazole derivatives, azine derivatives, carbazole derivatives, and phenanthroline derivatives, and 3) polymer compounds can be used. Specifically, as low-molecular organic compounds, metal complexes such as Alq, tris (4-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoline) aluminum (abbreviated as: Almq3), bis (10-hydroxybenzo [h] quinoline) beryllium (abbreviated as: BeBq2), BAlq, Znq, ZnPBO, and ZnBTZ can be used. In addition to the metal complex, heteroaromatic compounds such as 2-(4-biphenyl)-5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole (abbreviation: PBD), 1,3-bis[5-(p-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl]benzene (abbreviation: OXD-7), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-(4-biphenyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviation: TAZ), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5-(4-biphenyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviation: p-EtTAZ), bathophenanthroline (abbreviation: BPhen), bathocuproin (abbreviation: BCP), and 4,4'-bis(5-methylbenzoxazol-2-yl)stilbene (abbreviation: BzOs) can also be used. The substances described here are mainly heteroaromatic compounds having 10 -6 cm 2 / Vs or higher. It should be noted that as long as the electron transport property is higher than the hole transport property, substances other than the above can also be used as the electron transport layer. In addition, the electron transport layer can be a single layer or a layer formed by stacking two or more layers formed by the above substances.

[2178] In addition, polymer compounds may be used in the electron transport layer, for example, poly[(9,9-dihexylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(pyridine-3,5-diyl)] (abbreviated as PF-Py), poly[(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(2,2'-bipyridine-6,6'-diyl)] (abbreviated as PF-BPy), etc. may be used.

[2179] (Electron Injection Layer)

[2180] The electron injection layer is a layer containing a substance with high electron injection. In the electron injection layer, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals or their compounds such as lithium (Li), cesium (Cs), calcium (Ca), lithium fluoride (LiF), cesium fluoride (CsF), calcium fluoride (CaF2), lithium oxide (LiOx) etc. can be used. In addition, it is also possible to use a material made by containing alkali metals, alkaline earth metals or their compounds in a substance with electron transportability, specifically, a material made by containing magnesium (Mg) in Alq, etc. It should be noted that electron injection from the cathode can be more efficiently performed at this time.

[2181] Alternatively, a composite material mixed with an organic compound and an electron donor (donor) can also be used in the electron injection layer. Such a composite material has excellent electron injection and electron transport properties because electrons are generated in the organic compound by the electron donor. At this time, as an organic compound, it is preferably a material with excellent transmission of the generated electrons. Specifically, for example, the above-mentioned substances (metal complexes, heteroaromatic compounds, etc.) constituting the electron transport layer can be used. As an electron donor, it is as long as it is a substance that shows electron donating properties for organic compounds. Specifically, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and rare earth metals are preferred, and lithium, cesium, magnesium, calcium, erbium, ytterbium, etc. can be mentioned. In addition, alkali metal oxides and alkaline earth metal oxides are preferred, and lithium oxide, calcium oxide, barium oxide, etc. can be mentioned. In addition, a Lewis base such as magnesium oxide can also be used. In addition, organic compounds such as tetrathiafulvalene (abbreviated as: TTF) can also be used.

[2182] (Layer Formation Method)

[2183] The method for forming each layer of the organic EL element involved in any of the embodiments described above is not limited except for those specifically mentioned above, and can adopt known methods such as dry film forming methods such as vacuum evaporation, sputtering, plasma, ion plating, and wet film forming methods such as spin coating, immersion, flow coating, and inkjet.

[2184] (film thickness)

[2185] The thickness of each organic layer of the organic EL element involved in this embodiment is not limited except for the cases specifically mentioned above. Generally speaking, if the film thickness is too thin, defects such as pinholes are easily generated, and if the film thickness is too thick, a high applied voltage is required, and the efficiency is deteriorated. Therefore, the film thickness of each organic layer of the organic EL element is preferably in the range of several nm to 1 μm.

[2186] The organic EL element according to this embodiment can be used in electronic devices such as display devices and light-emitting devices.

[2187] [Second Embodiment]

[2188] (Electronic equipment)

[2189] The electronic device involved in this embodiment is equipped with any of the organic EL elements in the above-mentioned embodiments. As electronic devices, for example, display devices and light-emitting devices can be cited. As display devices, for example, display components (such as organic EL panel modules, etc.), televisions, mobile phones, tablet computers and personal computers can be cited. As light-emitting devices, for example, lighting and vehicle lamps can be cited. The light-emitting device can also be used in a display device, for example, it can also be used as a backlight for a display device.

[2190] The display device of the electronic device according to this embodiment is preferably an organic EL display device equipped with organic EL elements as red pixels, green pixels, and blue pixels. In this organic EL display device, the red pixel is preferably the organic EL element according to the first embodiment.

[2191] [Changes in Implementation Methods]

[2192] It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and modifications, improvements, etc. within the scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.

[2193] For example, the light-emitting layer is not limited to one layer, and a plurality of light-emitting layers may be stacked. In the case where the organic EL element has a plurality of light-emitting layers, at least one light-emitting layer satisfies the conditions described in the above-mentioned embodiment. For example, the other light-emitting layers may be fluorescent light-emitting layers, or phosphorescent light-emitting layers utilizing light emission based on electron transition directly from a triplet excited state to a ground state.

[2194] When the organic EL element has a plurality of light-emitting layers, these light-emitting layers may be provided adjacent to each other, or a so-called tandem type organic EL element in which a plurality of light-emitting units are stacked with an intermediate layer interposed therebetween may be used.

[2195] In addition, for example, a blocking layer may be provided adjacent to at least one of the anode side and the cathode side of the light-emitting layer. The blocking layer is preferably disposed in contact with the light-emitting layer to block at least any one of holes, electrons, and excitons.

[2196] For example, when a blocking layer is disposed in contact with the cathode side of the light-emitting layer, the blocking layer transports electrons and prevents holes from reaching a layer (e.g., an electron transport layer) that is closer to the cathode side than the blocking layer. When the organic EL element includes an electron transport layer, the blocking layer is preferably included between the light-emitting layer and the electron transport layer.

[2197] In addition, when a blocking layer is disposed in contact with the anode side of the light-emitting layer, the blocking layer transports holes and prevents electrons from reaching a layer (e.g., a hole transport layer) that is closer to the anode side than the blocking layer. When the organic EL element includes a hole transport layer, it is preferred that the blocking layer be included between the light-emitting layer and the hole transport layer.

[2198] In order to prevent the excitation energy from leaking from the light-emitting layer to its peripheral layers, a blocking layer may be provided adjacent to the light-emitting layer to prevent the excitons generated in the light-emitting layer from moving to layers closer to the electrode than the blocking layer (e.g., electron transport layer and hole transport layer).

[2199] It is preferred that the light-emitting layer is in contact with the blocking layer.

[2200] In addition, the specific structure and shape in the implementation of the present invention may be set to other structures and the like within the scope that can achieve the purpose of the present invention.

[2201] Example

[2202] The present invention is further described in detail below with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

[2203] <Compound>

[2204] The structures of host materials (first compounds containing one or more partial structures selected from the partial structures represented by general formulae (101) to (118)) used in the production of organic EL devices according to Examples 1 to 12 and Comparative Example 1 are shown below.

[2205]

Chemical Formula 250

[2206]

[2207] The structures of the sensitizing materials (second compounds (phosphorescent metal complexes) represented by the general formula (21)) used in the production of the organic EL devices according to Examples 1, 3 to 10 and Comparative Example 1 are shown below.

[2208]

Chemical Formula 251

[2209]

[2210] The structure of the sensitizing material (the second compound (delayed fluorescence compound) represented by the general formula (H1)) used in the production of the organic EL devices according to Examples 2, 11, and 12 is shown below.

[2211]

Chemical formula 252

[2212]

[2213] The structure of the fluorescent material (third compound) represented by the general formula (41) used in the production of the organic EL devices according to Examples 1 to 12 is shown below.

[2214]

Chemical formula 253

[2215]

[2216]

Chemical formula 254

[2217]

[2218] The structures of comparative compounds used in the production of the organic EL device according to Comparative Example 1 are shown below.

[2219]

Chemical formula 255

[2220]

[2221] The structures of other compounds used in the production of the organic EL devices according to Examples 1 to 12 and Comparative Example 1 are shown below.

[2222]

Chemical formula 256

[2223]

[2224] <Production of organic EL elements (1)>

[2225] An organic EL device was produced and evaluated as follows.

[2226] (Example 1)

[2227] A 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.1 mm thick glass substrate with an ITO transparent electrode (anode) (manufactured by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) was ultrasonically cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes and then UV ozone cleaned for 1 minute. The ITO film thickness was 130 nm.

[2228] The cleaned glass substrate with transparent electrode lines was mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation device, and compound HT-a and compound HA were co-evaporated on the surface of the side where the transparent electrode lines were formed so as to cover the transparent electrode, thereby forming a hole injection layer with a film thickness of 10 nm. The proportion of compound HT-a in the hole injection layer was set to 97% by mass, and the proportion of compound HA was set to 3% by mass.

[2229] Next, compound HT-a was deposited on the hole injection layer to form a first hole transport layer having a film thickness of 80 nm.

[2230] Next, compound HT-b was deposited on the first hole transport layer to form a second hole transport layer with a film thickness of 5 nm.

[2231] Next, the compound EBL-a was vapor-deposited on the second hole transport layer to form a third hole transport layer (also referred to as an electron blocking layer) having a film thickness of 5 nm.

[2232] Next, compound Host-a as a host material (first compound), compound STZ-a as a sensitizing material (phosphorescent metal complex (second compound)), and compound BD-a as a fluorescent material (third compound) were co-evaporated on the third hole transport layer to form a light-emitting layer with a thickness of 30 nm. The proportion of compound Host-a in the light-emitting layer was set to 74% by mass, the proportion of compound STZ-a was set to 25% by mass, and the proportion of compound BD-a was set to 1% by mass.

[2233] Next, compound ET-a was deposited on the light-emitting layer to form a hole blocking layer having a thickness of 10 nm.

[2234] Next, compound ET-b was deposited on the hole blocking layer to form an electron transport layer having a thickness of 20 nm.

[2235] Next, LiF was vapor-deposited on the electron transport layer to form an electron injection layer having a film thickness of 1 nm.

[2236] Then, metal aluminum (Al) was vapor-deposited on the electron injection layer to form a metal Al cathode with a film thickness of 50 nm.

[2237] In the above manner, an organic EL device according to Example 1 was produced. The device structure of the organic EL device according to Example 1 is shown in simplified form as follows.

[2238] ITO(130) / HT-a:HA(10,97%3%) / HT-a(80) / HT-b(5) / EBL-a(5) / Host-a:STZ-a:BD-a(30,74%:25%:1%) / ET-a(10) / ET-b(20) / LiF(1) / Al(50)

[2239] It should be noted that in the above-mentioned element constitution, the numbers in brackets represent the film thickness (unit: nm). Similarly, in the above-mentioned element constitution, the numbers in brackets shown as percentages (97%: 3%) represent the ratio (mass %) of the compound HT-a and the compound HA in the hole injection layer, and the numbers shown as percentages (74%: 25%: 1%) represent the ratio (mass %) of the compound HOST-a, the compound STZ-a, and the compound BD-a in the light-emitting layer. The markings are set similarly below.

[2240] (Example 2)

[2241] The organic EL device of Example 2 was prepared in the same manner as Example 1 except that the second compound STZ-a (phosphorescent metal complex) used as the sensitizing material in the light-emitting layer of Example 1 was changed to the compound STZ-b (delayed fluorescence compound) listed in Table 1.

[2242] (Examples 3 to 8)

[2243] Each of the organic EL devices of Examples 3 to 8 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compound Host-a used as a host material in the light-emitting layer of Example 1 was changed to a compound described in Table 1.

[2244] (Example 9)

[2245] The organic EL element of Example 9 is produced in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the compound Host-a used as the main material in the light-emitting layer of Example 1 is changed to two first compounds of compounds Host-h and Host-i as shown in Table 1, and the proportion of compound Host-h in the light-emitting layer is set to 37% by mass, the proportion of compound Host-i is set to 37% by mass, the proportion of compound STZ-a is set to 25% by mass, and the proportion of compound BD-a is set to 1% by mass.

[2246] (Example 10)

[2247] The organic EL device of Example 10 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the compound BD-a as the fluorescent material (third compound) used in the light-emitting layer of Example 1 was changed to the compound BD-b described in Table 1.

[2248] (Example 11)

[2249] The organic EL device of Example 11 was produced in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the compound BD-a as the fluorescent material (third compound) used in the light-emitting layer of Example 2 was changed to the compound BD-c described in Table 1.

[2250] (Example 12)

[2251] The organic EL element of Example 12 is produced in the same manner as Example 2, except that the compound Host-a used as the main material in the light-emitting layer of Example 2 is changed to the compound Host-h recorded in Table 1, and the compound BD-a used as the fluorescent material (third compound) is changed to the compound BD-c recorded in Table 1.

[2252] (Comparative Example 1)

[2253] The organic EL device of Comparative Example 1 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compound BD-a as the fluorescent material (third compound) used in the light-emitting layer of Example 1 was changed to the compound Ref-BD-X described in Table 1.

[2254] <Evaluation of Organic EL Devices>

[2255] The following evaluations were performed on the produced organic EL devices. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1. In addition, the lowest excited singlet energy S1 and energy gap T of the compound used in the light-emitting layer of each example were 77K Also shown in Table 1.

[2256] (External quantum efficiency EQE)

[2257] A voltage was applied to the organic EL element so that the current density was 10.00 mA / cm 2 The spectral emission brightness spectrum at this time was measured using a spectral emission brightness meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.). Based on the obtained spectral emission brightness spectrum, assuming that Lambertian radiation was performed, the external quantum efficiency EQE (unit: %) was calculated. Based on the measured values ​​of EQE of each example (Examples 1 to 12 and Comparative Example 1) and the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1X), "EQE (relative value)" (unit: %) was calculated.

[2258] EQE (relative value) = (EQE of each example / EQE of Comparative Example 1) × 100 ... (Mathematical formula 1X)

[2259] (CIE1931 chromaticity)

[2260] A voltage is applied to the element so that the current density of the organic EL element is 10.00 mA / cm 2 The CIE 1931 chromaticity coordinates (x, y) at this time were measured using a spectrophotometer CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.).

[2261]

Table 1

[2262]

[2263] As shown in Table 1, the organic EL elements of Examples 1 to 12 contain a host material, a sensitizing material and a third compound represented by the general formula (41) as a fluorescent material in the light-emitting layer, and emit light with higher efficiency and higher color purity than the organic EL element of Comparative Example 1.

[2264] <Evaluation of Compounds>

[2265] The following evaluations were performed on the compounds.

[2266] (Lowest excited singlet state energy S1)

[2267] A 10 μmol / L toluene solution of the compound to be measured was prepared and added to a quartz colorimetric cell, and the absorption spectrum of the sample was measured at room temperature (300 K) (the vertical axis was set as the absorption intensity, and the horizontal axis was set as the wavelength). For the downward tangent on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum, the wavelength value λedge [nm] of the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis was substituted into the conversion formula (F2) shown below to calculate the minimum excited singlet energy.

[2268] Conversion formula (F2): S1[eV]=1239.85 / λedge

[2269] As an absorption spectrum measuring apparatus, a spectrophotometer manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. (apparatus name: U3310) was used.

[2270] The tangent line for the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving along the long wavelength direction on the spectrum curve from the maximum value on the longest wavelength side among the maximum values ​​of the absorption spectrum, the tangent line at each point on the curve is considered. As the curve falls (that is, as the value of the vertical axis decreases), the slope of the tangent line repeatedly decreases and then increases. The tangent line drawn at the point where the slope value is the minimum on the longest wavelength side (excluding the case where the absorbance is less than 0.1) is used as the tangent line for the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum.

[2271] It should be noted that a maximum point where the absorbance value is 0.2 or less is not included in the above-mentioned maximum value on the longest wavelength side.

[2272] (Energy gap T at 77[K] 77K )

[2273] The compound to be measured was dissolved in EPA (diethyl ether: isopentane: ethanol = 5:5:2 (volume ratio)) to a concentration of 10 μmol / L to obtain a solution, which was added to a quartz colorimetric cell as a measurement sample. For this measurement sample, the phosphorescence spectrum was measured at a low temperature (77 [K]) (the vertical axis was the phosphorescence emission intensity, and the horizontal axis was the wavelength), and the wavelength value λ based on the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis was calculated for the rise tangent on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum. edge [nm], the energy gap T calculated by the following conversion formula (F1) is set to 77 [K] 77K .

[2274] Conversion formula (F1): T 77K [eV] = 1239.85 / λ edge

[2275] The tangent line for the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving on the spectrum curve from the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side among the maximum values ​​of the spectrum, the tangent line at each point on the curve is considered toward the long wavelength side. The slope of the tangent line increases as the curve rises (i.e., as the vertical axis increases). The tangent line drawn at the point where the slope value takes the maximum value (i.e., the tangent line at the inflection point) is used as the tangent line for the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.

[2276] It should be noted that the maximum point with a peak intensity of less than 15% of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not included in the above-mentioned maximum value on the shortest wavelength side, and the tangent drawn at the point where the slope value is the maximum value that is closest to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side is used as the tangent of the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.

[2277] For the measurement of phosphorescence, a spectrofluorophotometer model F-4500 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation was used.

[2278] (ΔST)

[2279] Based on the measured lowest excited singlet energy S1 and energy gap T 77K Calculate the value of ΔST = S1-T 77K The ΔST of compound STZ-b is 0.03 eV.

[2280] (Delayed fluorescence of the compound)

[2281] Delayed fluorescence is achieved by utilizing Figure 2 The transient PL was measured by the device shown in the figure to confirm. The compound STZ-b was dissolved in toluene, and a dilute solution with an absorbance of 0.05 or less at the excitation wavelength was prepared to remove the contribution of self-absorption. In addition, in order to prevent extinction caused by oxygen, the sample solution was frozen and degassed, and then sealed in a colorimetric cell with a cover under an argon atmosphere, thereby preparing an oxygen-free sample solution saturated with argon.

[2282] The fluorescence spectrum of the sample solution was measured using a spectrofluorometer FP-8600 (manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the fluorescence spectrum of the ethanol solution of 9,10-diphenylanthracene was measured under the same conditions. The total fluorescence quantum yield was calculated using the formula (1) in Morris et al. J. Phys. Chem. 80 (1976) 969 using the fluorescence area intensity of the two spectra.

[2283] After the compound STZ-b is excited by pulsed light (light irradiated by pulsed laser) of the absorption wavelength, there is prompt luminescence (immediate luminescence) observed immediately from the excited state and delay luminescence (delayed luminescence) observed later than the excitation. Delayed fluorescence luminescence in this embodiment means that the amount of delay luminescence is 5% or more relative to the amount of prompt luminescence (immediate luminescence). Specifically, it means that when the amount of prompt luminescence (immediate luminescence) is set to X P , set the amount of Delay light emission to X D When X D / X P The value of is 0.05 or more.

[2284] The amount of prompt luminescence and delay luminescence and their ratio can be calculated by the same method as the method described in "Nature 492, 234-238, 2012" (reference 1). It should be noted that the device used to calculate the amount of prompt luminescence and delay luminescence is not limited to the device described in the above reference 1 or Figure 2 Recording device.

[2285] For compound STZ-b, it was confirmed that the amount of Delay luminescence was 5% or more relative to the amount of Prompt luminescence. D / X P The value of is 0.05 or more.

[2286] (The maximum peak wavelength of fluorescence emission FL and luminescence spectrum half-maximum width (FWHM)

[2287] The compound to be measured was dissolved in toluene to prepare 5.0×10 -6 The obtained solution was added to a quartz colorimetric cell (optical path length 1.0 cm), and the maximum peak wavelength λ of the fluorescence emission when excited at 400 nm was measured using a fluorescence spectrum measuring device "Spectrofluorophotometer FP-8300" (manufactured by JASCO Corporation). FL (Unit: nm) and the luminescence spectrum half-maximum width FWHM (Unit: nm).

[2288] (Stokes shift)

[2289] The compound to be measured was added at 2.0×10 -5mol / L concentration was dissolved in toluene to prepare a sample for measurement. The sample for measurement added to the quartz colorimetric cell was irradiated with continuous light in the ultraviolet-visible region at room temperature (300K) and the absorption spectrum was measured (vertical axis: absorbance, horizontal axis: wavelength). The absorption spectrum was measured using a spectrophotometer U-3900 / 3900H from Hitachi High-Tech Sciences. In addition, the compound to be measured was diluted to 4.9×10 -6 mol / L concentration was dissolved in toluene to prepare the sample for measurement. The sample for measurement added to the quartz colorimetric cell was irradiated with excitation light at room temperature (300K) and the fluorescence spectrum was measured (vertical axis: fluorescence intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength). The fluorescence spectrum was measured using a spectrofluorometer F-7000 from Hitachi High-Tech Sciences.

[2290] From these absorption spectra and fluorescence spectra, the difference between the absorption maximum wavelength and the fluorescence maximum wavelength is calculated to obtain the Stokes shift (SS). The unit of the Stokes shift SS is nm.

[2291] The maximum peak wavelength λ of compound BD-a is 455 nm, the half-maximum width FWHM of the emission spectrum is 23 nm, and the Stokes shift is 14 nm.

[2292] The maximum peak wavelength λ of compound BD-b is 457 nm, the half-maximum width FWHM of the emission spectrum is 22 nm, and the Stokes shift is 11 nm.

[2293] The maximum peak wavelength λ of compound BD-c is 459 nm, the half-maximum width FWHM of the emission spectrum is 23 nm, and the Stokes shift is 15 nm.

[2294] The maximum peak wavelength λ of the compound Ref-BD-X is 455nm, the half-maximum width FWHM of the luminescence spectrum is 35nm, and the Stokes shift is 29nm.

[2295] Explanation of symbols

[2296] 1... organic electroluminescent element, 10... organic layer, 2... substrate, 3... anode, 4... cathode, 5... light-emitting layer, 6... hole injection layer, 7... hole transport layer, 8... electron transport layer, 9... electron injection layer.

Claims

1. An organic electroluminescent element, comprising anode, cathode, and a light-emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, The light-emitting layer contains a host material, a sensitizing material and a fluorescent material. The host material is a first compound containing one or more partial structures selected from the partial structures represented by the following general formulae (101) to (118) in one molecule, The sensitizing material is one or more compounds selected from phosphorescent metal complexes and delayed fluorescent compounds. The fluorescent material is one or more compounds selected from the third compound represented by the following general formula (41), The host material, the sensitizing material and the fluorescent material are different compounds from each other. The energy gap T of the host material at 77K 77K (H1) and the energy gap T of the sensitizing material at 77K 77K (G2) satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 1), T 77K (H1)>T 77K (G2)…(Formula 1) In the general formula (101), A 11 ~A 16 are independently a nitrogen atom, CR 11 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, in, A 11 ~A 16 At least one of them is a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, In R 11 If there are multiple R 11 Same or different from each other, composed of multiple R 11 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formula (102), A1 to A4 are each independently a nitrogen atom, CR 12 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, or adjacent R 12 Any one or more of the groups formed by each other are bonded to each other to form a ring, In R 12 If there are multiple R 12 Same or different from each other, composed of multiple R 12 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, X 10 NR 13 , C(R 14 )(R 15 )、Si(R 16 )(R 17 ), oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecules of the first compound, and R 18 and carbon atoms respectively bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, or to R 19 a silicon atom respectively bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, Among them, the carbon atoms in A1 to A4, X 10 The nitrogen atom in 10 The carbon atoms and X 10 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, By R 14 and R 15 Group bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, By R 16 and R 17 Group bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formula (103), By R 115 and R 116 Group bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formulas (101) to (104), R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 11 , R 12 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 115 and R 116 , and R 13 , R 18 , R 19 and R 117 Each independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown, -COOR 909 The groups shown, -P(=O)(R 910 )(R 911 ) shown in the group, -P(=O)(OR 912 )(OR 913 ) shown in the group, -Ge(R 914 )(R 915 )(R 916 ) shown in the group, -B(R 917 )(R 918 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, Halogen atoms, Cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formulae (103) to (118), * is a bonding site with other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, When the first compound has a plurality of partial structures represented by the general formulae (101) to (104), The partial structures represented by the general formula (101) are the same as or different from each other. The partial structures represented by the general formula (102) are the same as or different from each other. The partial structures represented by the general formula (103) are the same as or different from each other. The partial structures represented by the general formula (104) are the same as or different from each other. In the first compound, R 901 ~R 918 Each independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other, In R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other, In R 908 If there are multiple R 908 Same or different from each other, In R 909 If there are multiple R 909 Same or different from each other, In R 910 If there are multiple R 910 Same or different from each other, In R 911 If there are multiple R 911 Same or different from each other, In R 912 If there are multiple R 912 Same or different from each other, In R 913 If there are multiple R 913 Same or different from each other, In R 914 If there are multiple R 914 Same or different from each other, In R 915 If there are multiple R 915 Same or different from each other, In R 916 If there are multiple R 916 Same or different from each other, In R 917 If there are multiple R 917 Same or different from each other, In R 918 If there are multiple R 918 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (41), Ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 401 and L 402 Each independently is O, S, Se, NR 40 , C(R 41 )(R 42 ) or Si(R 43 )(R 44 ), L 403 is B, P or P=O, R 40 ~R 44 Independently Bonded to the a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, Bonded to the a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to the a ring, b ring and c ring, R 41 With R 42 bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R 43 With R 44 bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 40 ~R 44 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -CR 45 =Imine group represented by N, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 45 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 60 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms, In R 40 If there are multiple R 40 Same or different from each other, In R 41 If there are multiple R 41 Same or different from each other, In R 42 If there are multiple R 42 Same or different from each other, In R 43 If there are multiple R 43 Same or different from each other, In R 44 If there are multiple R 44 Same or different from each other, In R 45 If there are multiple R 45 Same as or different from each other.

2. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein The compound represented by the general formula (41) is a compound represented by the following general formula (410), In the general formula (410), Ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 401 and R 402 Independently Bonded to the a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, Bonded to the a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to the a ring, b ring and c ring, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -CR 45 =Imine group represented by N, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

3. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein: The compound represented by the general formula (41) is selected from the compounds represented by the following general formulas (41-1) to (41-6), In the general formula (41-1), Xa is O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 , Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 424 The group, composed of R 424 ~R4 27 A group of two or more adjacent 427 With R 412 The group and R 412 With R 411 One or more groups in the group consisting of bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -CR 45 =Imine group represented by N, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 411 , R 412 and R 421 ~R 427 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , The substituent R X Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, Cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 901 ~R 907 Each independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, in R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, in R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, in R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, in R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, in R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other, in R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (41-2), Xa is O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 , Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 424 The group, composed of R 424 ~R 427 A group of two or more adjacent 413 With R 414 The group and R 414 With R 401 One or more groups in the group consisting of bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -CR 45 =Imine group represented by N, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 413 , R 414 and R 421 ~R 427 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The meaning of the substituent R in the general formula (41-1) is the same as X same, In R 403 If there are multiple R 403 Same or different from each other, In R 404 If there are multiple R 404 Same or different from each other, In R 405 If there are multiple R 405 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (41-3), Xa and Xb are each independently O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 , Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 415 With R 416 Group, R 416 With R 412 The group and R 412 With R 411 One or more groups in the group consisting of bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -CR 45 =Imine group represented by N, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 411 , R 412 , R 415 , R 416 and R 421 ~R 423 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The meaning of the substituent R in the general formula (41-1) is the same as X same, In R 403 If there are multiple R 403 Same or different from each other, In R 404 If there are multiple R 404 Same or different from each other, In R 405 If there are multiple R 405 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (41-4), Xa and Xb are each independently O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 , Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 418 Group, R 418 With R 417 The group and R 412 With R 411 One or more groups in the group consisting of bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -CR 45 =Imine group represented by N, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 411 , R 412 , R 417 , R 418 and R 421 ~R 423 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The meaning of the substituent R in the general formula (41-1) is the same as X same, In R 403 If there are multiple R 403 Same or different from each other, In R 404 If there are multiple R 404 Same or different from each other, In R 405 If there are multiple R 405 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (41-5), Xa and Xb are each independently O, S, Se, C (R 403 )(R 404 ) or NR 405 , Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 418 Group, R 418 With R 417 Group, R 413 With R 414 The group and R 414 With R 401 One or more groups in the group consisting of bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -CR 45 =Imine group represented by N, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 403 ~R 405 , and R which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 413 , R 414 , R 417 , R 418 and R 421 ~R 423 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The meaning of the substituent R in the general formula (41-1) is the same as X same, In R 403 If there are multiple R 403 Same or different from each other, In R 404 If there are multiple R 404 Same or different from each other, In R 405 If there are multiple R 405 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (41-6), Selected from R 401 With R 421 The group, composed of R 421 ~R 423 A group of two or more adjacent 423 With R 402 Group, R 402 With R 424 The group, composed of R 424 ~R 427 A group of two or more adjacent 427 With R 428 The group, composed of R 428 ~R 431 A group of two or more adjacent groups and R 431 With R 401 One or more groups in the group consisting of bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 401 and R 402 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -CR 45 =Imine group represented by N, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 421 ~R 431 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent R X , substituent R X The meaning of the substituent R in the general formula (41-1) is the same as X same.

4. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The host material has at least one local structure represented by the general formula (101), The partial structure represented by the general formula (101) is at least one selected from the partial structures represented by the following general formulae (A11) to (A19), In the general formulae (A11) to (A16), A 12 ~A 16 Each independently is a nitrogen atom or CR 11 , R 11 The meaning of R in the general formula (101) is the same as 11 The same, * is the bonding site with other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, In the general formulae (A17) and (A18), A 11 ~A 22 Each independently is a nitrogen atom or CR 11 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 11 The meanings of are independently the same as those of R in the general formula (101). 11 Same, A 11 ~A 22 At least one of them is a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, In the general formula (A19), A 11 ~A 18 Each independently is a nitrogen atom or CR 11 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 11 The meanings of are independently the same as those of R in the general formula (101). 11 Same, X 11 and X 12 The meanings of are independently the same as those of X in the general formula (102). 10 The same, and A 11 ~A 18 The carbon atoms in 11 and X 12 The nitrogen atom in 11 and X 12 The carbon atoms in 11 and X 12 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound.

5. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein The host material has at least one local structure represented by the general formula (102), The partial structure represented by the general formula (102) is at least one selected from the partial structures represented by the following general formulae (B11) to (B24), In the general formulae (B11) to (B16), Ax1 to Ax4 are each independently a nitrogen atom or CR 12 , R 12 The meanings of are independently the same as those of R in the general formula (102). 12 Same, X 10 The meaning of X in the general formula (102) is the same as 10 The same, * is the bonding site with other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, In the general formula (B17), Ax1, Ax2 and A y1 ~Ay4 are each independently a nitrogen atom or CR 12 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 12 The meanings of are independently the same as those of R in the general formula (102). 12 Same, X 10 The meaning of X in the general formula (102) is the same as 10 The same, wherein the carbon atoms in Ax1, Ax2 and Ay1~Ay4, X 10 The nitrogen atom in 10 The carbon atoms and X 10 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, In the general formula (B18), Ay1 to Ay8 are each independently a nitrogen atom or CR 12 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 12 The meanings of are independently the same as those of R in the general formula (102). 12 Same, X 10 The meaning of X in the general formula (102) is the same as 10 The same, the carbon atoms in Ay1~Ay8, X 10 The nitrogen atom in 10 The carbon atoms and X 10 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, In the general formulas (B19) to (B24), Ay1 to Ay8 and Ay9 to Ay 12 Each independently is a nitrogen atom or CR 12 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R 12 The meanings of are independently the same as those of R in the general formula (102). 12 Same, X9 and X 10 The meanings of are independently the same as those of X in the general formula (102). 10 same, Ay1~Ay8 and Ay9~Ay 12 The carbon atoms, X9 and X 10 The nitrogen atoms, X9 and X 10 The carbon atoms in 10 At least one of the silicon atoms in the first compound is bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound.

6. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein The first compound has at least one selected from Cyano, Amino, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and any one of substituted or unsubstituted arylamino groups having 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms, or having at least one Substituted or unsubstituted benzene, Substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene, Substituted or unsubstituted indole, Substituted or unsubstituted carbazole, Substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran, Substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene, Substituted or unsubstituted fluorene, Substituted or unsubstituted silafluorene, Substituted or unsubstituted triazines, Substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine, Substituted or unsubstituted pyridine, Substituted or unsubstituted pyridazine, Substituted or unsubstituted pyrazine, Substituted or unsubstituted imidazole, Substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazole, Substituted or unsubstituted phenanthrene, and A monovalent or higher-valent residue derived from any of substituted or unsubstituted triphenylene groups.

7. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 6, wherein: The first compound has at least one cyano group, or Has at least 1 Substituted or unsubstituted carbazole, Substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran, Substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene, Substituted or unsubstituted fluorene, Substituted or unsubstituted silafluorene, Substituted or unsubstituted triazines, Substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine, Substituted or unsubstituted pyridine, and A monovalent or higher-valent residue derived from any of substituted or unsubstituted triphenylene groups.

8. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 6 or 7, wherein: The first compound has at least one Substituted or unsubstituted carbazole, Substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran, Substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene, Substituted or unsubstituted triazines, and A monovalent or higher-valent residue derived from any substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine.

9. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein The first compound has at least one monovalent or higher-valent residue derived from a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole.

10. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein The first compound has at least one partial structure represented by the following general formula (15): In the general formula (15), R 150 ~R 158 At least one of them is a single bond bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, R is not a single bond 150 ~R 158 Each independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown, -COOR 909 The groups shown, -P(=O)(R 910 )(R 911 ) shown in the group, -Ge(R 912 )(R 913 )(R 914 ) shown in the group, -B(R 915 )(R 916 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, Halogen atoms, Cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

11. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The first compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (161) or the following general formula (162), In the general formula (161), Ar 161 for A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 30 ring atoms, m1 is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, R 161 is an electron-donating group, R 161 Each of them constitutes Ar 161 The element bonding, When m1 is 2 or more, multiple R 161 Same or different from each other, Among them, Ar 161 Aromatic hydrocarbon rings and heterocyclic rings that are not electron-withdrawing have Ar 161 When there is a substituent, the substituent is not an electron withdrawing group, In the general formula (162), Ar 162 for A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 30 ring atoms, n1 is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, R 162 is an electron-withdrawing group, R 162 Each of them constitutes Ar 162 The element bonding, When n1 is 2 or more, multiple R 162 Same or different from each other, Among them, Ar 162 Aromatic hydrocarbon rings and heterocyclic rings that are not electron donating have Ar 162 When there is a substituent, the substituent is not an electron donating group.

12. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 11, wherein In the general formula (161), R 161 Each independently represents a monovalent or higher-valent residue derived from any of the compounds represented by the following general formulae (DN1) to (DN6) and (DN8) to (DN10), or a group represented by the following general formula (DN7), In the general formula (162), R 162 Each independently represents a monovalent or higher-valent residue derived from any of the compounds represented by the following general formulae (AC4) to (AC18) and (AC22) to (AC23), or any of the groups represented by the following general formulae (AC1) to (AC3), (AC19) to (AC21) and (AC24), In the general formula (DN7), * represents each of the following: 161 The bonding sites of the elements, In the general formula (AC1), n A is 1, 2, or 3, In the general formulas (AC22) to (AC23), X1 to X8 are each independently CR 163 , or a carbon atom bonded to other atoms or other structures in the molecule of the first compound, Among them, at least one of the carbon atoms in X1 to X8 is a carbon atom that is a member of Ar 162 The element bonding, In the general formula (AC24), X1 to X8 are each independently a nitrogen atom or CR 163 , or with the composition Ar 162 The carbon atoms bonded to the elements, In the general formulas (AC22) to (AC24), R 163 If there are multiple R 163 Same or different from each other, composed of multiple R 163 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 163 The meanings of are independently the same as those of R in the general formula (102). 12 same, In the general formulae (AC1) to (AC3), (AC19) to (AC21) and (AC24), * represents a group consisting of Ar 162 The bonding site of the element.

13. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The first compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (12): In the general formula (12), Ar 11 and Ar 12 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 11 and L 12 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 13 for a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 or less ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic group having 6 or less ring atoms, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3, multiple L 13 Same or different from each other, X1 to X8 and Y1 to Y8 are each independently N or CRa, Among them, one of X5 to X8 and one of Y1 to Y4 are connected via L 13 The bonded carbon atoms, or directly bonded carbon atoms, Ra is independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, When there are multiple Ra, the multiple Ra are the same as or different from each other. The compound represented by the general formula (12) satisfies one or both of the following (i) and (ii): (i)Ar 11 and Ar 12 At least one of them is an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted by a cyano group, or a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms substituted by a cyano group; (ii) at least one of X1 to X4 and Y5 to Y8 is CRa, and at least one of Ra in X1 to X4 and Y5 to Y8 is an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted with a cyano group, or a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms substituted with a cyano group.

14. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The first compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (13): In the general formula (13), X 13 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a group represented by N-Rb, Z1~Z 12 Each independently represents a nitrogen atom or a group represented by C-Rc, Ar 14 and Ar 15 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 14 and L 15 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Rb and Rc are each independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown, -COOR 909 The groups shown, -P(=O)(R 910 )(R 911 ) shown in the group, -Ge(R 912 )(R 913 )(R 914 ) shown in the group, Cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, When there are a plurality of Rc, the plurality of Rc's may be the same as or different from each other.

15. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein The phosphorescent metal complex contains a heavy metal atom.

16. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein The phosphorescent metal complex comprises one or more metal atoms selected from platinum (Pt), iridium (Ir), osmium (Os), ruthenium (Ru), rhodium (Rh), palladium (Pd), copper (Cu), silver (Ag), gold (Au), titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), europium (Eu), terbium (Tb) and thulium (Tm).

17. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein The phosphorescent metal complex is a compound represented by the following general formula (21): M(L1) n1 (L2) n2 …(21) In the general formulas (21), (211), (212), and (213), M is a transition metal selected from the group consisting of a first transition metal, a second transition metal and a third transition metal, L1 is at least one ligand selected from the group consisting of the ligand represented by the general formula (211), the ligand represented by the general formula (212), and the ligand represented by the general formula (213), n1 is 1, 2 or 3, L2 is at least one ligand selected from the group consisting of a monodentate ligand, a bidentate ligand, and a tridentate ligand, n2 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, The CY1 ring, the CY2 ring, the CY3 ring and the CY4 ring are each independently selected from a carbocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a heterocyclic group having 1 to 30 ring carbon atoms. Y1 to Y4 are each independently selected from single bond, Double bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, *aO-*b, *aS-*b, *aC(=O)-*b, *aS(=O)-*b, *aC(R5)(R6)-*b, *aC(R5)=C(R6)-*b, *aC(R5)=*b, *a-Si(R5)(R6)-*b, *aB(R5)-*b, *aN(R5)-*b, and *aP(R5)-*b, a1, a2 and a3 are each independently 1, 2 or 3, a4 is 0, 1, 2 or 3. When a4 is 0, the CY1 ring and the CY4 ring are not connected to each other. T1, T2, T3 and T4 are each independently selected from Chemical bonds, *aO-*b, *aS-*b, *aB(R7)-*b, *aN(R7)-*b, *aP(R7)-*b, *aC(R7)(R8)-*b, *a-Si(R7)(R8)-*b, *a-Ge(R7)(R8)-*b, *aC(=O)-*b and *aC(=S)-*b, *a and *b are each independently the bonding position to the adjacent atom, *1, *2, *3 and *4 are the bonding positions with M, R1 to R8 are each independently selected from Hydrogen atoms, Halogen atoms, Cyano, Nitro, amidine group, Hydrazine, Hydrazonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group, -Si(R 251 )(R 252 )(R 253 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 254 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 255 ) shown in the group, -N(R 256 )(R 257 ) shown in the group, -C(=O)R 258 The groups shown, -C(=O)(OR 259 ) shown in the group, -S(=O)2(OR 260 ) shown in the group, -OP(=O)(OR 261 )(OR 262 ) shown in the group, -C(R 263 )(R 264 )(R 265 ) shown in the group, -B(R 266 )(R 267 ) shown in the group, -P(R 268 )(R 269 ) shown in the group, -S(=O)(R 270 ) shown in the group, -S(=O)2(R 271 ) shown in the group, -P(=O)(R 272 )(R 273 ) shown in the group, and -P(=S)(R 274 )(R 275 ), One or more groups of two or more adjacent ones of R1 to R8 bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, One or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones of R1 to R8 and Y1 to Y4 bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, b1, b2, b3 and b4 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, R 251 ~R 275 Each independently selected from Hydrogen atoms, Halogen atoms, -O-(R 276 ) shown in the group, -N(R 277 )(R 278 ) shown in the group, Cyano, Nitro, amidine group, Hydrazine, Hydrazonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl group having 3 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused polycyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent non-aromatic fused heteropolycyclic group, Biphenyl, and terphenyl, R 276 ~R 278 Each independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

18. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein The lowest excited singlet energy S1(GT2) of the delayed fluorescent compound and the energy gap T2 of the delayed fluorescent compound at 77K 77K The difference ΔST(GT2) between (GT2) and (GT2) satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 2): ΔST(GT2)=S1(GT2)-T 77K (GT2)<0.5eV…(Formula 2).

19. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein The delayed fluorescence compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (H1): In the general formula (H1), A H is a group having at least one partial structure selected from the following general formulae (a-1), (a-2), (a-3), (a-4), (a-5), (a-6), (a-7) and (a-8), D H is a group represented by the following general formula (221), (222) or (223), L H for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, m is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, multiple A H Same or different from each other, n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, multiple D H Same or different from each other, In the general formulae (a-1) to (a-8), * each independently represents a bonding position to other atoms in the molecule of the delayed fluorescent compound. In the general formula (221), R 21 ~R 28 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formula (222), R 221 ~R 228 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formula (223), R 231 ~R 238 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formula (221), R does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring. 21 ~R 28 , R in the general formula (222) does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 221 ~R 228 , and R in the general formula (223) does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 231 ~R 238 Each independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown, -COOR 909 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, Cyano, Nitro, -P(=O)(R 931 )(R 932 ) shown in the group, -Ge(R 933 )(R 934 )(R 935 ) shown in the group, -B(R 936 )(R 937 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (222) and the general formula (223), Ring A, Ring B and Ring C are each independently any one ring structure selected from the ring structures represented by the following general formula (224) and general formula (225), Ring A, ring B and ring C are fused with adjacent rings at any position, p, px and py are each independently 1, 2, 3 or 4, When p is 2, 3 or 4, the plurality of rings A are identical to or different from each other. When px is 2, 3 or 4, the plurality of rings B are identical to or different from each other. When py is 2, 3 or 4, the plurality of ring Cs are identical or different from each other, In the general formulae (221) to (223), * represents H The bonding position of In the general formula (224), r is 0, 2, or 4, By multiple R 29 Group bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, In the general formula (225), X A is a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or a C(R 291 )(R 292 ), By R 291 and R 292 Group bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or Not bonded to each other, R does not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 29 , R 291 and R 292 Each independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 908 The groups shown, -COOR 909 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, Cyano, Nitro, -P(=O)(R 931 )(R 932 ) shown in the group, -Ge(R 933 )(R 934 )(R 935 ) shown in the group, -B(R 936 )(R 937 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Multiple R 29 Same or different from each other, Multiple R 291 Same or different from each other, Multiple R 292 Same or different from each other, Multiple X A Same or different from each other, In the delayed fluorescence compound, R 901 , R 902 , R 903 , R 904 , R 905 , R 906 , R 907 , R 908 , R 909 , R 931 , R 932 , R 933 , R 934 , R 935 , R 936 and R 937 Each independently Hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 If there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 If there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 If there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 If there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 If there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 906 If there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other, In R 907 If there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other, In R 908 If there are multiple R 908 Same or different from each other, In R 909 If there are multiple R 909 Same or different from each other, In R 931 If there are multiple R 931 Same or different from each other, In R 932 If there are multiple R 932 Same or different from each other, In R 933 If there are multiple R 933 Same or different from each other, In R 934 If there are multiple R 934 Same or different from each other, In R 935 If there are multiple R 935 Same or different from each other, In R 936 If there are multiple R 936 Same or different from each other, In R 937 If there are multiple R 937 Same as or different from each other.

20. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 19, wherein The delayed fluorescence compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (H10): In the general formula (H10), CN is cyano, L H is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, D 11 and D 12 are each independently a group represented by the general formula (221), (222) or (223), m is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, nx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, ny is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, nx+ny is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, D 11 and D 12 Same or different from each other, Multiple D 11 Same or different from each other, Multiple D 12 Same as or different from each other.

21. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein The sensitizing material is the phosphorescent metal complex.

22. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 21, wherein The energy gap T of the phosphorescent metal complex at 77K 77K (GP2) and the lowest excited singlet energy S1(D) of the fluorescent material satisfy the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 3): T 77K (GP2)>S1(D)…(Formula 3).

23. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein The sensitizing material is the delayed fluorescence compound.

24. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 23, wherein The lowest excited singlet energy S1(GT2) of the delayed fluorescent compound and the lowest excited singlet energy S1(D) of the fluorescent material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 4): S1(GT2)>S1(D)…(Formula 4).

25. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 24, wherein The light-emitting layer contains two or more of the first compounds having different molecular structures from each other.

26. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein The host material, the sensitizing material and the fluorescent material are contained in a single layer.

27. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 26, wherein A hole transport layer is disposed between the anode and the light-emitting layer.

28. The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 27, wherein An electron transport layer is disposed between the cathode and the light-emitting layer.

29. An electronic device comprising the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 28.

Images